Fix paths in pkg-config file (#556)

pkg-config should be giving absolute paths rather than relative paths.

.clang-format

@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ PenaltyReturnTypeOnItsOwnLine: 200
 PointerBindsToType: true
 SpacesBeforeTrailingComments: 2
 Cpp11BracedListStyle: true
-Standard:        Auto
+Standard:        Cpp11
 IndentWidth:     2
 TabWidth:        8
 UseTab:          Never

.codedocs

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# CodeDocs.xyz Configuration File
+
+# Optional project name, if left empty the GitHub repository name will be used.
+PROJECT_NAME =
+
+# One or more directories and files that contain example code to be included.
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# One or more directories and files to exclude from documentation generation.
+# Use relative paths with respect to the repository root directory.
+EXCLUDE = test/gtest-1.8.0/
+
+# One or more wildcard patterns to exclude files and directories from document
+# generation.
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# One or more symbols to exclude from document generation. Symbols can be
+# namespaces, classes, or functions.
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
+
+# Override the default parser (language) used for each file extension.
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# Set the wildcard patterns used to filter out the source-files.
+# If left blank the default is:
+# *.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl,
+# *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php,
+# *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py,
+# *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# Hide undocumented class members.
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS =
+
+# Hide undocumented classes.
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES =
+
+# Specify a markdown page whose contents should be used as the main page
+# (index.html). This will override a page marked as \mainpage. For example, a
+# README.md file usually serves as a useful main page.
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = README.md
+
+# Specify external repository to link documentation with.
+# This is similar to Doxygen's TAGFILES option, but will automatically link to
+# tags of other repositories already using CodeDocs. List each repository to
+# link with by giving its location in the form of owner/repository.
+# For example:
+#   TAGLINKS = doxygen/doxygen CodeDocs/osg
+# Note: these repositories must already be built on CodeDocs.
+TAGLINKS =

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+language: c++
+os:
+  - linux
+  - osx
+compiler:
+  - clang
+  - gcc
+before_install:
+  - |
+    if [[ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" == "linux" ]]; then
+      sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test -y \
+      && sudo apt-get update -qq \
+      && if [ "$CXX" == "g++" ]; then
+        sudo apt-get install -qq g++-4.7 && export CXX="g++-4.7" CC="gcc-4.7"
+      fi
+    fi
+before_script:
+  - mkdir build
+  - cd build
+  - cmake ..
+script:
+  - make
+  - test/run-tests
+
+matrix:
+  exclude:
+  - os: linux
+    compiler: clang

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -12,6 +12,11 @@ endif()
 if(POLICY CMP0015)
 	cmake_policy(SET CMP0015 OLD)
 endif()
+# see https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/policy/CMP0042.html
+if(POLICY CMP0042)
+	# Enable MACOSX_RPATH by default.
+	cmake_policy(SET CMP0042 NEW)
+endif()
 
 include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag)
 
@@ -22,8 +27,8 @@ include(CheckCXXCompilerFlag)
 project(YAML_CPP)
 
 set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_MAJOR "0")
-set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_MINOR "5")
-set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_PATCH "3")
+set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_MINOR "6")
+set(YAML_CPP_VERSION_PATCH "0")
 set(YAML_CPP_VERSION "${YAML_CPP_VERSION_MAJOR}.${YAML_CPP_VERSION_MINOR}.${YAML_CPP_VERSION_PATCH}")
 
 enable_testing()
@@ -33,7 +38,8 @@ enable_testing()
 ### Project options
 ###
 ## Project stuff
-option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS "Enable testing and parse tools" ON)
+option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TESTS "Enable testing" ON)
+option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS "Enable parse tools" ON)
 option(YAML_CPP_BUILD_CONTRIB "Enable contrib stuff in library" ON)
 
 ## Build options
@@ -113,8 +119,6 @@ endif()
 include_directories(${YAML_CPP_SOURCE_DIR}/src)
 include_directories(${YAML_CPP_SOURCE_DIR}/include)
 
-find_package(Boost REQUIRED)
-include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
 
 ###
@@ -149,9 +153,11 @@ if(WIN32)
 	endif()
 endif()
 
-# GCC or Clang specialities
-if("${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "GNU" OR
-   "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "Clang")
+# GCC or Clang or Intel Compiler specialities
+if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "GNU" OR
+   CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Clang" OR
+   CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Intel")
+
 	### General stuff
 	if(WIN32)
 		set(CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_PREFIX "")	# DLLs do not have a "lib" prefix
@@ -171,13 +177,17 @@ if("${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "GNU" OR
 	#
 	set(GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS "")
 	#
+	if(BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
+		set(GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS "${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} -fPIC")
+	endif()
+	#
 	set(FLAG_TESTED "-Wextra")
 	check_cxx_compiler_flag(${FLAG_TESTED} FLAG_WEXTRA)
 	if(FLAG_WEXTRA)
 		set(GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS "${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} ${FLAG_TESTED}")
 	endif()
 	#
-	set(yaml_cxx_flags "-Wall ${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} -pedantic -Wno-long-long ${yaml_cxx_flags}")
+	set(yaml_cxx_flags "-Wall ${GCC_EXTRA_OPTIONS} -pedantic -Wno-long-long -std=c++11 ${yaml_cxx_flags}")
 
 	### Make specific
 	if(${CMAKE_BUILD_TOOL} MATCHES make OR ${CMAKE_BUILD_TOOL} MATCHES gmake)
@@ -215,13 +225,14 @@ if(MSVC)
 		endif()
 
 		# correct linker options
-		foreach(flag_var  yaml_c_flags  yaml_cxx_flags)
+		foreach(flag_var  CMAKE_C_FLAGS  CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS)
 			foreach(config_name  ""  DEBUG  RELEASE  MINSIZEREL  RELWITHDEBINFO)
 				set(var_name "${flag_var}")
 				if(NOT "${config_name}" STREQUAL "")
 					set(var_name "${var_name}_${config_name}")
 				endif()
 				string(REPLACE "/MD" "${LIB_RT_OPTION}" ${var_name} "${${var_name}}")
+				set(${var_name} "${${var_name}}" CACHE STRING "" FORCE)
 			endforeach()
 		endforeach()
 	endif()
@@ -248,21 +259,15 @@ endif()
 ###
 ### General install settings
 ###
-if(WIN32)
-	set(_library_dir bin)	# .dll are in PATH, like executables
-else()
-	set(_library_dir lib)
-endif()
-
 set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_ROOT_DIR include)
 
 set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_ROOT_DIR}/yaml-cpp)
-set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR "${_library_dir}${LIB_SUFFIX}")
+set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR "lib${LIB_SUFFIX}")
 
 set(_INSTALL_DESTINATIONS
 	RUNTIME DESTINATION bin
 	LIBRARY DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}
-	ARCHIVE DESTINATION "lib${LIB_SUFFIX}"
+	ARCHIVE DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}
 )
 
 
@@ -298,7 +303,7 @@ if(MSVC)
 	endif()
 endif()
 
-install(TARGETS yaml-cpp ${_INSTALL_DESTINATIONS})
+install(TARGETS yaml-cpp EXPORT yaml-cpp-targets ${_INSTALL_DESTINATIONS})
 install(
 	DIRECTORY ${header_directory}
 	DESTINATION ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}
@@ -314,9 +319,27 @@ set(EXPORT_TARGETS yaml-cpp CACHE INTERNAL "export targets")
 set(CONFIG_INCLUDE_DIRS "${YAML_CPP_SOURCE_DIR}/include")
 configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake.in
 	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake" @ONLY)
+
+if(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN)
+	set(INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR CMake)
+else()
+	set(INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/cmake/yaml-cpp)
+endif()
+
+file(RELATIVE_PATH REL_INCLUDE_DIR "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR}" "${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${INCLUDE_INSTALL_ROOT_DIR}")
+set(CONFIG_INCLUDE_DIRS "\${YAML_CPP_CMAKE_DIR}/${REL_INCLUDE_DIR}")
+configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake.in
+	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake" @ONLY)
+
 configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config-version.cmake.in
 	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config-version.cmake" @ONLY)
 
+install(FILES
+	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}${CMAKE_FILES_DIRECTORY}/yaml-cpp-config.cmake"
+	"${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp-config-version.cmake"
+	DESTINATION "${INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR}" COMPONENT dev)
+install(EXPORT yaml-cpp-targets DESTINATION ${INSTALL_CMAKE_DIR})
+
 if(UNIX)
 	set(PC_FILE ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/yaml-cpp.pc)
 	configure_file("yaml-cpp.pc.cmake" ${PC_FILE} @ONLY)
@@ -327,8 +350,10 @@ endif()
 ###
 ### Extras
 ###
-if(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS)
+if(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TESTS)
 	add_subdirectory(test)
+endif()
+if(YAML_CPP_BUILD_TOOLS)
 	add_subdirectory(util)
 endif()
 

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -2,9 +2,18 @@
 
 This project is formatted with [clang-format][fmt] using the style file at the root of the repository. Please run clang-format before sending a pull request.
 
-In general, try to follow the style of surrounding code.
+In general, try to follow the style of surrounding code. We mostly follow the [Google C++ style guide][cpp-style].
+
+Commit messages should be in the imperative mood, as described in the [Git contributing file][git-contrib]:
+
+> Describe your changes in imperative mood, e.g. "make xyzzy do frotz"
+> instead of "[This patch] makes xyzzy do frotz" or "[I] changed xyzzy
+> to do frotz", as if you are giving orders to the codebase to change
+> its behaviour.
 
 [fmt]: http://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html
+[cpp-style]: https://google.github.io/styleguide/cppguide.html
+[git-contrib]: http://git.kernel.org/cgit/git/git.git/tree/Documentation/SubmittingPatches?id=HEAD
 
 # Tests
 

README.md

@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
-# yaml-cpp
+# yaml-cpp [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/jbeder/yaml-cpp.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/jbeder/yaml-cpp) [![Documentation](https://codedocs.xyz/jbeder/yaml-cpp.svg)](https://codedocs.xyz/jbeder/yaml-cpp/)
 
 yaml-cpp is a [YAML](http://www.yaml.org/) parser and emitter in C++ matching the [YAML 1.2 spec](http://www.yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html).
 
 To get a feel for how it can be used, see the [Tutorial](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/wiki/Tutorial) or [How to Emit YAML](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/wiki/How-To-Emit-YAML). For the old API (version < 0.5.0), see [How To Parse A Document](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/wiki/How-To-Parse-A-Document-(Old-API)).
 
-
 # Problems? #
 
-If you find a bug, post an [issue](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/issues)! If you have questions about how to use yaml-cpp, please post it on http://stackoverflow.com and tag it `yaml-cpp`.
+If you find a bug, post an [issue](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/issues)! If you have questions about how to use yaml-cpp, please post it on http://stackoverflow.com and tag it [`yaml-cpp`](http://stackoverflow.com/questions/tagged/yaml-cpp).
 
 # How to Build #
 
@@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ cmake [-G generator] [-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON|OFF] ..
 ```
 
   * The `generator` is whatever type of build system you'd like to use. To see a full list of generators on your platform, just run `cmake` (with no arguments). For example:
-    * On Windows, you might use "Visual Studio 12 2013" to generate a Visual Studio 2013 solution
+    * On Windows, you might use "Visual Studio 12 2013" to generate a Visual Studio 2013 solution or "Visual Studio 14 2015 Win64" to generate a 64-bit Visual Studio 2015 solution.
     * On OS X, you might use "Xcode" to generate an Xcode project
     * On a UNIX-y system, simply omit the option to generate a makefile
 
@@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ cmake [-G generator] [-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON|OFF] ..
 
 # Recent Release #
 
-[yaml-cpp 0.5.2](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/releases/tag/release-0.5.2) has been released! This is a bug fix release.
+[yaml-cpp 0.6.0](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/releases/tag/yaml-cpp-0.6.0) has been released! This release requires C++11, and no longer depends on Boost.
 
 [yaml-cpp 0.3.0](https://github.com/jbeder/yaml-cpp/releases/tag/release-0.3.0) is still available if you want the old API.
 

include/yaml-cpp/contrib/anchordict.h

@@ -12,11 +12,13 @@
 #include "../anchor.h"
 
 namespace YAML {
-/// AnchorDict
-/// . An object that stores and retrieves values correlating to anchor_t
-///   values.
-/// . Efficient implementation that can make assumptions about how anchor_t
-///   values are assigned by the Parser class.
+/**
+ * An object that stores and retrieves values correlating to {@link anchor_t}
+ * values.
+ *
+ * <p>Efficient implementation that can make assumptions about how
+ * {@code anchor_t} values are assigned by the {@link Parser} class.
+ */
 template <class T>
 class AnchorDict {
  public:

include/yaml-cpp/contrib/graphbuilder.h

@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ class Parser;
 //   functions.
 class GraphBuilderInterface {
  public:
+  virtual ~GraphBuilderInterface() = 0;
+
   // Create and return a new node with a null value.
   virtual void *NewNull(const Mark &mark, void *pParentNode) = 0;
 

include/yaml-cpp/dll.h

@@ -8,16 +8,12 @@
 #endif
 
 // The following ifdef block is the standard way of creating macros which make
-// exporting
-// from a DLL simpler. All files within this DLL are compiled with the
-// yaml_cpp_EXPORTS
-// symbol defined on the command line. this symbol should not be defined on any
-// project
-// that uses this DLL. This way any other project whose source files include
-// this file see
-// YAML_CPP_API functions as being imported from a DLL, whereas this DLL sees
-// symbols
-// defined with this macro as being exported.
+// exporting from a DLL simpler. All files within this DLL are compiled with the
+// yaml_cpp_EXPORTS symbol defined on the command line. This symbol should not
+// be defined on any project that uses this DLL. This way any other project
+// whose source files include this file see YAML_CPP_API functions as being
+// imported from a DLL, whereas this DLL sees symbols defined with this macro as
+// being exported.
 #undef YAML_CPP_API
 
 #ifdef YAML_CPP_DLL      // Using or Building YAML-CPP DLL (definition defined

include/yaml-cpp/emitter.h

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ class YAML_CPP_API Emitter : private noncopyable {
   bool CanEmitNewline() const;
 
  private:
-  std::auto_ptr<EmitterState> m_pState;
+  std::unique_ptr<EmitterState> m_pState;
   ostream_wrapper m_stream;
 };
 
@@ -162,12 +162,12 @@ inline Emitter& Emitter::WriteStreamable(T value) {
 
 template <>
 inline void Emitter::SetStreamablePrecision<float>(std::stringstream& stream) {
-  stream.precision(GetFloatPrecision());
+  stream.precision(static_cast<std::streamsize>(GetFloatPrecision()));
 }
 
 template <>
 inline void Emitter::SetStreamablePrecision<double>(std::stringstream& stream) {
-  stream.precision(GetDoublePrecision());
+  stream.precision(static_cast<std::streamsize>(GetDoublePrecision()));
 }
 
 // overloads of insertion

include/yaml-cpp/exceptions.h

@@ -9,9 +9,17 @@
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/mark.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/traits.h"
+#include <sstream>
 #include <stdexcept>
 #include <string>
-#include <sstream>
+
+// This is here for compatibility with older versions of Visual Studio
+// which don't support noexcept
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT _NOEXCEPT
+#else
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT noexcept
+#endif
 
 namespace YAML {
 // error messages
@@ -89,7 +97,7 @@ const char* const BAD_FILE = "bad file";
 
 template <typename T>
 inline const std::string KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(
-    const T&, typename disable_if<is_numeric<T> >::type* = 0) {
+    const T&, typename disable_if<is_numeric<T>>::type* = 0) {
   return KEY_NOT_FOUND;
 }
 
@@ -101,18 +109,20 @@ inline const std::string KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(const std::string& key) {
 
 template <typename T>
 inline const std::string KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(
-    const T& key, typename enable_if<is_numeric<T> >::type* = 0) {
+    const T& key, typename enable_if<is_numeric<T>>::type* = 0) {
   std::stringstream stream;
   stream << KEY_NOT_FOUND << ": " << key;
   return stream.str();
 }
 }
 
-class Exception : public std::runtime_error {
+class YAML_CPP_API Exception : public std::runtime_error {
  public:
   Exception(const Mark& mark_, const std::string& msg_)
       : std::runtime_error(build_what(mark_, msg_)), mark(mark_), msg(msg_) {}
-  virtual ~Exception() throw() {}
+  virtual ~Exception() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
+
+  Exception(const Exception&) = default;
 
   Mark mark;
   std::string msg;
@@ -131,39 +141,47 @@ class Exception : public std::runtime_error {
   }
 };
 
-class ParserException : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API ParserException : public Exception {
  public:
   ParserException(const Mark& mark_, const std::string& msg_)
       : Exception(mark_, msg_) {}
+  ParserException(const ParserException&) = default;
+  virtual ~ParserException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class RepresentationException : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API RepresentationException : public Exception {
  public:
   RepresentationException(const Mark& mark_, const std::string& msg_)
       : Exception(mark_, msg_) {}
+  RepresentationException(const RepresentationException&) = default;
+  virtual ~RepresentationException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
 // representation exceptions
-class InvalidScalar : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API InvalidScalar : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   InvalidScalar(const Mark& mark_)
       : RepresentationException(mark_, ErrorMsg::INVALID_SCALAR) {}
+  InvalidScalar(const InvalidScalar&) = default;
+  virtual ~InvalidScalar() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class KeyNotFound : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API KeyNotFound : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   template <typename T>
   KeyNotFound(const Mark& mark_, const T& key_)
       : RepresentationException(mark_, ErrorMsg::KEY_NOT_FOUND_WITH_KEY(key_)) {
   }
+  KeyNotFound(const KeyNotFound&) = default;
+  virtual ~KeyNotFound() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
 template <typename T>
-class TypedKeyNotFound : public KeyNotFound {
+class YAML_CPP_API TypedKeyNotFound : public KeyNotFound {
  public:
   TypedKeyNotFound(const Mark& mark_, const T& key_)
       : KeyNotFound(mark_, key_), key(key_) {}
-  virtual ~TypedKeyNotFound() throw() {}
+  virtual ~TypedKeyNotFound() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
 
   T key;
 };
@@ -174,16 +192,20 @@ inline TypedKeyNotFound<T> MakeTypedKeyNotFound(const Mark& mark,
   return TypedKeyNotFound<T>(mark, key);
 }
 
-class InvalidNode : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API InvalidNode : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   InvalidNode()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::INVALID_NODE) {}
+  InvalidNode(const InvalidNode&) = default;
+  virtual ~InvalidNode() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadConversion : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadConversion : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   explicit BadConversion(const Mark& mark_)
       : RepresentationException(mark_, ErrorMsg::BAD_CONVERSION) {}
+  BadConversion(const BadConversion&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadConversion() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
 template <typename T>
@@ -192,40 +214,54 @@ class TypedBadConversion : public BadConversion {
   explicit TypedBadConversion(const Mark& mark_) : BadConversion(mark_) {}
 };
 
-class BadDereference : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadDereference : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadDereference()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_DEREFERENCE) {}
+  BadDereference(const BadDereference&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadDereference() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadSubscript : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadSubscript : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadSubscript()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_SUBSCRIPT) {}
+  BadSubscript(const BadSubscript&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadSubscript() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadPushback : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadPushback : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadPushback()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_PUSHBACK) {}
+  BadPushback(const BadPushback&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadPushback() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadInsert : public RepresentationException {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadInsert : public RepresentationException {
  public:
   BadInsert()
       : RepresentationException(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_INSERT) {}
+  BadInsert(const BadInsert&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadInsert() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class EmitterException : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API EmitterException : public Exception {
  public:
   EmitterException(const std::string& msg_)
       : Exception(Mark::null_mark(), msg_) {}
+  EmitterException(const EmitterException&) = default;
+  virtual ~EmitterException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 
-class BadFile : public Exception {
+class YAML_CPP_API BadFile : public Exception {
  public:
   BadFile() : Exception(Mark::null_mark(), ErrorMsg::BAD_FILE) {}
+  BadFile(const BadFile&) = default;
+  virtual ~BadFile() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT;
 };
 }
 
+#undef YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT
+
 #endif  // EXCEPTIONS_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

include/yaml-cpp/node/convert.h

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 #pragma once
 #endif
 
+#include <array>
 #include <limits>
 #include <list>
 #include <map>
@@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ struct convert<bool> {
 
 // std::map
 template <typename K, typename V>
-struct convert<std::map<K, V> > {
+struct convert<std::map<K, V>> {
   static Node encode(const std::map<K, V>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Map);
     for (typename std::map<K, V>::const_iterator it = rhs.begin();
@@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ struct convert<std::map<K, V> > {
 
 // std::vector
 template <typename T>
-struct convert<std::vector<T> > {
+struct convert<std::vector<T>> {
   static Node encode(const std::vector<T>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
     for (typename std::vector<T>::const_iterator it = rhs.begin();
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ struct convert<std::vector<T> > {
 
 // std::list
 template <typename T>
-struct convert<std::list<T> > {
+struct convert<std::list<T>> {
   static Node encode(const std::list<T>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
     for (typename std::list<T>::const_iterator it = rhs.begin();
@@ -241,9 +242,42 @@ struct convert<std::list<T> > {
   }
 };
 
+// std::array
+template <typename T, std::size_t N>
+struct convert<std::array<T, N>> {
+  static Node encode(const std::array<T, N>& rhs) {
+    Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
+    for (const auto& element : rhs) {
+      node.push_back(element);
+    }
+    return node;
+  }
+
+  static bool decode(const Node& node, std::array<T, N>& rhs) {
+    if (!isNodeValid(node)) {
+      return false;
+    }
+
+    for (auto i = 0u; i < node.size(); ++i) {
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 4
+      // workaround for GCC 3:
+      rhs[i] = node[i].template as<T>();
+#else
+      rhs[i] = node[i].as<T>();
+#endif
+    }
+    return true;
+  }
+
+ private:
+  static bool isNodeValid(const Node& node) {
+    return node.IsSequence() && node.size() == N;
+  }
+};
+
 // std::pair
 template <typename T, typename U>
-struct convert<std::pair<T, U> > {
+struct convert<std::pair<T, U>> {
   static Node encode(const std::pair<T, U>& rhs) {
     Node node(NodeType::Sequence);
     node.push_back(rhs.first);

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/impl.h

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_data.h"
-#include <boost/type_traits.hpp>
+#include <type_traits>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ struct get_idx {
 };
 
 template <typename Key>
-struct get_idx<
-    Key, typename boost::enable_if_c<boost::is_unsigned<Key>::value &&
-                                     !boost::is_same<Key, bool>::value>::type> {
+struct get_idx<Key,
+               typename std::enable_if<std::is_unsigned<Key>::value &&
+                                       !std::is_same<Key, bool>::value>::type> {
   static node* get(const std::vector<node*>& sequence, const Key& key,
                    shared_memory_holder /* pMemory */) {
     return key < sequence.size() ? sequence[key] : 0;
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ struct get_idx<
 
   static node* get(std::vector<node*>& sequence, const Key& key,
                    shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
-    if (key > sequence.size())
+   if (key > sequence.size() || (key > 0 && !sequence[key-1]->is_defined()))
       return 0;
     if (key == sequence.size())
       sequence.push_back(&pMemory->create_node());
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ struct get_idx<
 };
 
 template <typename Key>
-struct get_idx<Key, typename boost::enable_if<boost::is_signed<Key> >::type> {
+struct get_idx<Key, typename std::enable_if<std::is_signed<Key>::value>::type> {
   static node* get(const std::vector<node*>& sequence, const Key& key,
                    shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
     return key >= 0 ? get_idx<std::size_t>::get(
@@ -132,6 +132,14 @@ inline bool node_data::remove(const Key& key, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
   if (m_type != NodeType::Map)
     return false;
 
+  for (kv_pairs::iterator it = m_undefinedPairs.begin();
+       it != m_undefinedPairs.end();) {
+    kv_pairs::iterator jt = std::next(it);
+    if (it->first->equals(key, pMemory))
+      m_undefinedPairs.erase(it);
+    it = jt;
+  }
+
   for (node_map::iterator it = m_map.begin(); it != m_map.end(); ++it) {
     if (it->first->equals(key, pMemory)) {
       m_map.erase(it);

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/iterator.h

@@ -8,47 +8,71 @@
 #endif
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
+#include "yaml-cpp/node/node.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_iterator.h"
-#include <boost/iterator/iterator_adaptor.hpp>
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
 struct iterator_value;
 
 template <typename V>
-class iterator_base
-    : public boost::iterator_adaptor<iterator_base<V>, node_iterator, V,
-                                     std::forward_iterator_tag, V> {
+class iterator_base : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, V,
+                                           std::ptrdiff_t, V*, V> {
+
  private:
   template <typename>
   friend class iterator_base;
   struct enabler {};
-  typedef typename iterator_base::base_type base_type;
+  typedef node_iterator base_type;
+
+  struct proxy {
+    explicit proxy(const V& x) : m_ref(x) {}
+    V* operator->() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+    operator V*() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+
+    V m_ref;
+  };
 
  public:
   typedef typename iterator_base::value_type value_type;
 
  public:
-  iterator_base() {}
+  iterator_base() : m_iterator(), m_pMemory() {}
   explicit iterator_base(base_type rhs, shared_memory_holder pMemory)
-      : iterator_base::iterator_adaptor_(rhs), m_pMemory(pMemory) {}
+      : m_iterator(rhs), m_pMemory(pMemory) {}
 
   template <class W>
   iterator_base(const iterator_base<W>& rhs,
-                typename boost::enable_if<boost::is_convertible<W*, V*>,
-                                          enabler>::type = enabler())
-      : iterator_base::iterator_adaptor_(rhs.base()),
-        m_pMemory(rhs.m_pMemory) {}
+                typename std::enable_if<std::is_convertible<W*, V*>::value,
+                                        enabler>::type = enabler())
+      : m_iterator(rhs.m_iterator), m_pMemory(rhs.m_pMemory) {}
 
- private:
-  friend class boost::iterator_core_access;
+  iterator_base<V>& operator++() {
+    ++m_iterator;
+    return *this;
+  }
 
-  void increment() { this->base_reference() = boost::next(this->base()); }
+  iterator_base<V> operator++(int) {
+    iterator_base<V> iterator_pre(*this);
+    ++(*this);
+    return iterator_pre;
+  }
 
-  value_type dereference() const {
-    const typename base_type::value_type& v = *this->base();
+  template <typename W>
+  bool operator==(const iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+    return m_iterator == rhs.m_iterator;
+  }
+
+  template <typename W>
+  bool operator!=(const iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+    return m_iterator != rhs.m_iterator;
+  }
+
+  value_type operator*() const {
+    const typename base_type::value_type& v = *m_iterator;
     if (v.pNode)
       return value_type(Node(*v, m_pMemory));
     if (v.first && v.second)
@@ -56,7 +80,10 @@ class iterator_base
     return value_type();
   }
 
+  proxy operator->() const { return proxy(**this); }
+
  private:
+  base_type m_iterator;
   shared_memory_holder m_pMemory;
 };
 }

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/iterator_fwd.h

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 #include <vector>
 
 namespace YAML {
-class node;
 
 namespace detail {
 struct iterator_value;

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node.h

@@ -13,13 +13,14 @@
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_ref.h"
 #include <set>
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
-class node : private boost::noncopyable {
+class node {
  public:
   node() : m_pRef(new node_ref) {}
+  node(const node&) = delete;
+  node& operator=(const node&) = delete;
 
   bool is(const node& rhs) const { return m_pRef == rhs.m_pRef; }
   const node_ref* ref() const { return m_pRef.get(); }
@@ -65,9 +66,7 @@ class node : private boost::noncopyable {
     m_pRef->set_data(*rhs.m_pRef);
   }
 
-  void set_mark(const Mark& mark) {
-    m_pRef->set_mark(mark);
-  }
+  void set_mark(const Mark& mark) { m_pRef->set_mark(mark); }
 
   void set_type(NodeType::value type) {
     if (type != NodeType::Undefined)
@@ -107,9 +106,9 @@ class node : private boost::noncopyable {
   node_iterator end() { return m_pRef->end(); }
 
   // sequence
-  void push_back(node& node, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
-    m_pRef->push_back(node, pMemory);
-    node.add_dependency(*this);
+  void push_back(node& input, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
+    m_pRef->push_back(input, pMemory);
+    input.add_dependency(*this);
   }
   void insert(node& key, node& value, shared_memory_holder pMemory) {
     m_pRef->insert(key, value, pMemory);

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_data.h

@@ -7,8 +7,6 @@
 #pragma once
 #endif
 
-#include <boost/noncopyable.hpp>
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
 #include <list>
 #include <map>
 #include <string>
@@ -29,9 +27,11 @@ class node;
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
-class YAML_CPP_API node_data : private boost::noncopyable {
+class YAML_CPP_API node_data {
  public:
   node_data();
+  node_data(const node_data&) = delete;
+  node_data& operator=(const node_data&) = delete;
 
   void mark_defined();
   void set_mark(const Mark& mark);
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ class YAML_CPP_API node_data : private boost::noncopyable {
   mutable std::size_t m_seqSize;
 
   // map
-  typedef std::map<node*, node*> node_map;
+  typedef std::vector<std::pair<node*, node*>> node_map;
   node_map m_map;
 
   typedef std::pair<node*, node*> kv_pair;

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_iterator.h

@@ -9,8 +9,9 @@
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
-#include <boost/iterator/iterator_facade.hpp>
-#include <boost/utility/enable_if.hpp>
+#include <cstddef>
+#include <iterator>
+#include <memory>
 #include <map>
 #include <utility>
 #include <vector>
@@ -18,7 +19,7 @@
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
 struct iterator_type {
-  enum value { None, Sequence, Map };
+  enum value { NoneType, Sequence, Map };
 };
 
 template <typename V>
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ struct node_iterator_value : public std::pair<V*, V*> {
 };
 
 typedef std::vector<node*> node_seq;
-typedef std::map<node*, node*> node_map;
+typedef std::vector<std::pair<node*, node*>> node_map;
 
 template <typename V>
 struct node_iterator_type {
@@ -52,19 +53,27 @@ struct node_iterator_type<const V> {
 
 template <typename V>
 class node_iterator_base
-    : public boost::iterator_facade<
-          node_iterator_base<V>, node_iterator_value<V>,
-          std::forward_iterator_tag, node_iterator_value<V> > {
+    : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, node_iterator_value<V>,
+                           std::ptrdiff_t, node_iterator_value<V>*,
+                           node_iterator_value<V>> {
  private:
   struct enabler {};
 
+  struct proxy {
+    explicit proxy(const node_iterator_value<V>& x) : m_ref(x) {}
+    node_iterator_value<V>* operator->() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+    operator node_iterator_value<V>*() { return std::addressof(m_ref); }
+
+    node_iterator_value<V> m_ref;
+  };
+
  public:
   typedef typename node_iterator_type<V>::seq SeqIter;
   typedef typename node_iterator_type<V>::map MapIter;
   typedef node_iterator_value<V> value_type;
 
   node_iterator_base()
-      : m_type(iterator_type::None), m_seqIt(), m_mapIt(), m_mapEnd() {}
+      : m_type(iterator_type::NoneType), m_seqIt(), m_mapIt(), m_mapEnd() {}
   explicit node_iterator_base(SeqIter seqIt)
       : m_type(iterator_type::Sequence),
         m_seqIt(seqIt),
@@ -80,25 +89,23 @@ class node_iterator_base
 
   template <typename W>
   node_iterator_base(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs,
-                     typename boost::enable_if<boost::is_convertible<W*, V*>,
-                                               enabler>::type = enabler())
+                     typename std::enable_if<std::is_convertible<W*, V*>::value,
+                                             enabler>::type = enabler())
       : m_type(rhs.m_type),
         m_seqIt(rhs.m_seqIt),
         m_mapIt(rhs.m_mapIt),
         m_mapEnd(rhs.m_mapEnd) {}
 
- private:
-  friend class boost::iterator_core_access;
   template <typename>
   friend class node_iterator_base;
 
   template <typename W>
-  bool equal(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+  bool operator==(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
     if (m_type != rhs.m_type)
       return false;
 
     switch (m_type) {
-      case iterator_type::None:
+      case iterator_type::NoneType:
         return true;
       case iterator_type::Sequence:
         return m_seqIt == rhs.m_seqIt;
@@ -108,9 +115,14 @@ class node_iterator_base
     return true;
   }
 
-  void increment() {
+  template <typename W>
+  bool operator!=(const node_iterator_base<W>& rhs) const {
+    return !(*this == rhs);
+  }
+
+  node_iterator_base<V>& operator++() {
     switch (m_type) {
-      case iterator_type::None:
+      case iterator_type::NoneType:
         break;
       case iterator_type::Sequence:
         ++m_seqIt;
@@ -120,11 +132,18 @@ class node_iterator_base
         m_mapIt = increment_until_defined(m_mapIt);
         break;
     }
+    return *this;
   }
 
-  value_type dereference() const {
+  node_iterator_base<V> operator++(int) {
+    node_iterator_base<V> iterator_pre(*this);
+    ++(*this);
+    return iterator_pre;
+  }
+
+  value_type operator*() const {
     switch (m_type) {
-      case iterator_type::None:
+      case iterator_type::NoneType:
         return value_type();
       case iterator_type::Sequence:
         return value_type(**m_seqIt);
@@ -134,6 +153,8 @@ class node_iterator_base
     return value_type();
   }
 
+  proxy operator->() const { return proxy(**this); }
+
   MapIter increment_until_defined(MapIter it) {
     while (it != m_mapEnd && !is_defined(it))
       ++it;

include/yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_ref.h

@@ -11,13 +11,14 @@
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/type.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/node/detail/node_data.h"
-#include <boost/utility.hpp>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
-class node_ref : private boost::noncopyable {
+class node_ref {
  public:
   node_ref() : m_pData(new node_data) {}
+  node_ref(const node_ref&) = delete;
+  node_ref& operator=(const node_ref&) = delete;
 
   bool is_defined() const { return m_pData->is_defined(); }
   const Mark& mark() const { return m_pData->mark(); }

include/yaml-cpp/node/emit.h

@@ -16,10 +16,17 @@ namespace YAML {
 class Emitter;
 class Node;
 
+/**
+ * Emits the node to the given {@link Emitter}. If there is an error in writing,
+ * {@link Emitter#good} will return false.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Emitter& operator<<(Emitter& out, const Node& node);
+
+/** Emits the node to the given output stream. */
 YAML_CPP_API std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& out, const Node& node);
 
+/** Converts the node to a YAML string. */
 YAML_CPP_API std::string Dump(const Node& node);
-}
+}  // namespace YAML
 
 #endif  // NODE_EMIT_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

include/yaml-cpp/node/impl.h

@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ struct as_if<std::string, S> {
   explicit as_if(const Node& node_) : node(node_) {}
   const Node& node;
 
-  const std::string operator()(const S& fallback) const {
+  std::string operator()(const S& fallback) const {
     if (node.Type() != NodeType::Scalar)
       return fallback;
     return node.Scalar();
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ struct as_if<T, void> {
   explicit as_if(const Node& node_) : node(node_) {}
   const Node& node;
 
-  const T operator()() const {
+  T operator()() const {
     if (!node.m_pNode)
       throw TypedBadConversion<T>(node.Mark());
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ struct as_if<std::string, void> {
   explicit as_if(const Node& node_) : node(node_) {}
   const Node& node;
 
-  const std::string operator()() const {
+  std::string operator()() const {
     if (node.Type() != NodeType::Scalar)
       throw TypedBadConversion<std::string>(node.Mark());
     return node.Scalar();

include/yaml-cpp/node/node.h

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ class YAML_CPP_API Node {
   bool IsMap() const { return Type() == NodeType::Map; }
 
   // bool conversions
-  YAML_CPP_OPERATOR_BOOL();
+  YAML_CPP_OPERATOR_BOOL()
   bool operator!() const { return !IsDefined(); }
 
   // access

include/yaml-cpp/node/parse.h

@@ -16,15 +16,63 @@
 namespace YAML {
 class Node;
 
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node Load(const std::string& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node Load(const char* input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input stream as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node Load(std::istream& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input file as a single YAML document.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ * @throws {@link BadFile} if the file cannot be loaded.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API Node LoadFile(const std::string& filename);
 
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAll(const std::string& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input string as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAll(const char* input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input stream as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAll(std::istream& input);
+
+/**
+ * Loads the input file as a list of YAML documents.
+ *
+ * @throws {@link ParserException} if it is malformed.
+ * @throws {@link BadFile} if the file cannot be loaded.
+ */
 YAML_CPP_API std::vector<Node> LoadAllFromFile(const std::string& filename);
-}
+}  // namespace YAML
 
 #endif  // VALUE_PARSE_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

include/yaml-cpp/node/ptr.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
-#include <boost/shared_ptr.hpp>
+#include <memory>
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace detail {
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ class node_data;
 class memory;
 class memory_holder;
 
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<node> shared_node;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<node_ref> shared_node_ref;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<node_data> shared_node_data;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<memory_holder> shared_memory_holder;
-typedef boost::shared_ptr<memory> shared_memory;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<node> shared_node;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<node_ref> shared_node_ref;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<node_data> shared_node_data;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<memory_holder> shared_memory_holder;
+typedef std::shared_ptr<memory> shared_memory;
 }
 }
 

include/yaml-cpp/null.h

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
+#include <string>
 
 namespace YAML {
 class Node;
@@ -17,6 +18,7 @@ inline bool operator==(const _Null&, const _Null&) { return true; }
 inline bool operator!=(const _Null&, const _Null&) { return false; }
 
 YAML_CPP_API bool IsNull(const Node& node);  // old API only
+YAML_CPP_API bool IsNullString(const std::string& str);
 
 extern YAML_CPP_API _Null Null;
 }

include/yaml-cpp/parser.h

@@ -20,28 +20,66 @@ class Scanner;
 struct Directives;
 struct Token;
 
+/**
+ * A parser turns a stream of bytes into one stream of "events" per YAML
+ * document in the input stream.
+ */
 class YAML_CPP_API Parser : private noncopyable {
  public:
+  /** Constructs an empty parser (with no input. */
   Parser();
-  Parser(std::istream& in);
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a parser from the given input stream. The input stream must
+   * live as long as the parser.
+   */
+  explicit Parser(std::istream& in);
+
   ~Parser();
 
-  operator bool() const;
+  /** Evaluates to true if the parser has some valid input to be read. */
+  explicit operator bool() const;
 
+  /**
+   * Resets the parser with the given input stream. Any existing state is
+   * erased.
+   */
   void Load(std::istream& in);
+
+  /**
+   * Handles the next document by calling events on the {@code eventHandler}.
+   *
+   * @throw a ParserException on error.
+   * @return false if there are no more documents
+   */
   bool HandleNextDocument(EventHandler& eventHandler);
 
   void PrintTokens(std::ostream& out);
 
  private:
+  /**
+   * Reads any directives that are next in the queue, setting the internal
+   * {@code m_pDirectives} state.
+   */
   void ParseDirectives();
+
   void HandleDirective(const Token& token);
+
+  /**
+   * Handles a "YAML" directive, which should be of the form 'major.minor' (like
+   * a version number).
+   */
   void HandleYamlDirective(const Token& token);
+
+  /**
+   * Handles a "TAG" directive, which should be of the form 'handle prefix',
+   * where 'handle' is converted to 'prefix' in the file.
+   */
   void HandleTagDirective(const Token& token);
 
  private:
-  std::auto_ptr<Scanner> m_pScanner;
-  std::auto_ptr<Directives> m_pDirectives;
+  std::unique_ptr<Scanner> m_pScanner;
+  std::unique_ptr<Directives> m_pDirectives;
 };
 }
 

src/emit.cpp

@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ std::string Dump(const Node& node) {
   emitter << node;
   return emitter.c_str();
 }
-}
+}  // namespace YAML

src/emitfromevents.cpp

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void EmitFromEvents::BeginNode() {
 }
 
 void EmitFromEvents::EmitProps(const std::string& tag, anchor_t anchor) {
-  if (!tag.empty() && tag != "?")
+  if (!tag.empty() && tag != "?" && tag != "!")
     m_emitter << VerbatimTag(tag);
   if (anchor)
     m_emitter << Anchor(ToString(anchor));

src/emitterstate.cpp

@@ -53,28 +53,31 @@ void EmitterState::SetNonContent() { m_hasNonContent = true; }
 
 void EmitterState::SetLongKey() {
   assert(!m_groups.empty());
-  if (m_groups.empty())
+  if (m_groups.empty()) {
     return;
+  }
 
-  assert(m_groups.top().type == GroupType::Map);
-  m_groups.top().longKey = true;
+  assert(m_groups.back()->type == GroupType::Map);
+  m_groups.back()->longKey = true;
 }
 
 void EmitterState::ForceFlow() {
   assert(!m_groups.empty());
-  if (m_groups.empty())
+  if (m_groups.empty()) {
     return;
+  }
 
-  m_groups.top().flowType = FlowType::Flow;
+  m_groups.back()->flowType = FlowType::Flow;
 }
 
 void EmitterState::StartedNode() {
   if (m_groups.empty()) {
     m_docCount++;
   } else {
-    m_groups.top().childCount++;
-    if (m_groups.top().childCount % 2 == 0)
-      m_groups.top().longKey = false;
+    m_groups.back()->childCount++;
+    if (m_groups.back()->childCount % 2 == 0) {
+      m_groups.back()->longKey = false;
+    }
   }
 
   m_hasAnchor = false;
@@ -121,41 +124,50 @@ void EmitterState::StartedScalar() {
 void EmitterState::StartedGroup(GroupType::value type) {
   StartedNode();
 
-  const int lastGroupIndent = (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.top().indent);
+  const std::size_t lastGroupIndent =
+      (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.back()->indent);
   m_curIndent += lastGroupIndent;
 
-  std::auto_ptr<Group> pGroup(new Group(type));
+  // TODO: Create move constructors for settings types to simplify transfer
+  std::unique_ptr<Group> pGroup(new Group(type));
 
   // transfer settings (which last until this group is done)
-  pGroup->modifiedSettings = m_modifiedSettings;
+  //
+  // NB: if pGroup->modifiedSettings == m_modifiedSettings,
+  // m_modifiedSettings is not changed!
+  pGroup->modifiedSettings = std::move(m_modifiedSettings);
 
   // set up group
-  if (GetFlowType(type) == Block)
+  if (GetFlowType(type) == Block) {
     pGroup->flowType = FlowType::Block;
-  else
+  } else {
     pGroup->flowType = FlowType::Flow;
+  }
   pGroup->indent = GetIndent();
 
-  m_groups.push(pGroup);
+  m_groups.push_back(std::move(pGroup));
 }
 
 void EmitterState::EndedGroup(GroupType::value type) {
   if (m_groups.empty()) {
-    if (type == GroupType::Seq)
+    if (type == GroupType::Seq) {
       return SetError(ErrorMsg::UNEXPECTED_END_SEQ);
-    else
+    } else {
       return SetError(ErrorMsg::UNEXPECTED_END_MAP);
+    }
   }
 
   // get rid of the current group
   {
-    std::auto_ptr<Group> pFinishedGroup = m_groups.pop();
-    if (pFinishedGroup->type != type)
+    std::unique_ptr<Group> pFinishedGroup = std::move(m_groups.back());
+    m_groups.pop_back();
+    if (pFinishedGroup->type != type) {
       return SetError(ErrorMsg::UNMATCHED_GROUP_TAG);
+    }
   }
 
   // reset old settings
-  std::size_t lastIndent = (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.top().indent);
+  std::size_t lastIndent = (m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.back()->indent);
   assert(m_curIndent >= lastIndent);
   m_curIndent -= lastIndent;
 
@@ -167,37 +179,39 @@ void EmitterState::EndedGroup(GroupType::value type) {
 }
 
 EmitterNodeType::value EmitterState::CurGroupNodeType() const {
-  if (m_groups.empty())
+  if (m_groups.empty()) {
     return EmitterNodeType::NoType;
+  }
 
-  return m_groups.top().NodeType();
+  return m_groups.back()->NodeType();
 }
 
 GroupType::value EmitterState::CurGroupType() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? GroupType::NoType : m_groups.top().type;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? GroupType::NoType : m_groups.back()->type;
 }
 
 FlowType::value EmitterState::CurGroupFlowType() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? FlowType::NoType : m_groups.top().flowType;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? FlowType::NoType : m_groups.back()->flowType;
 }
 
-int EmitterState::CurGroupIndent() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.top().indent;
+std::size_t EmitterState::CurGroupIndent() const {
+  return m_groups.empty() ? 0 : m_groups.back()->indent;
 }
 
 std::size_t EmitterState::CurGroupChildCount() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? m_docCount : m_groups.top().childCount;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? m_docCount : m_groups.back()->childCount;
 }
 
 bool EmitterState::CurGroupLongKey() const {
-  return m_groups.empty() ? false : m_groups.top().longKey;
+  return m_groups.empty() ? false : m_groups.back()->longKey;
 }
 
-int EmitterState::LastIndent() const {
-  if (m_groups.size() <= 1)
+std::size_t EmitterState::LastIndent() const {
+  if (m_groups.size() <= 1) {
     return 0;
+  }
 
-  return m_curIndent - m_groups.top(-1).indent;
+  return m_curIndent - m_groups[m_groups.size() - 2]->indent;
 }
 
 void EmitterState::ClearModifiedSettings() { m_modifiedSettings.clear(); }
@@ -334,15 +348,16 @@ bool EmitterState::SetMapKeyFormat(EMITTER_MANIP value, FmtScope::value scope) {
   }
 }
 
-bool EmitterState::SetFloatPrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope) {
-  if (value < 0 || value > std::numeric_limits<float>::digits10 + 1)
+bool EmitterState::SetFloatPrecision(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope) {
+  if (value > std::numeric_limits<float>::digits10 + 1)
     return false;
   _Set(m_floatPrecision, value, scope);
   return true;
 }
 
-bool EmitterState::SetDoublePrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope) {
-  if (value < 0 || value > std::numeric_limits<double>::digits10 + 1)
+bool EmitterState::SetDoublePrecision(std::size_t value,
+                                      FmtScope::value scope) {
+  if (value > std::numeric_limits<double>::digits10 + 1)
     return false;
   _Set(m_doublePrecision, value, scope);
   return true;

src/emitterstate.h

@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
 #pragma once
 #endif
 
-#include "ptr_stack.h"
 #include "setting.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/emitterdef.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/emittermanip.h"
+
 #include <cassert>
-#include <vector>
-#include <stack>
 #include <memory>
+#include <stack>
 #include <stdexcept>
+#include <vector>
 
 namespace YAML {
 struct FmtScope {
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ class EmitterState {
 
   GroupType::value CurGroupType() const;
   FlowType::value CurGroupFlowType() const;
-  int CurGroupIndent() const;
+  std::size_t CurGroupIndent() const;
   std::size_t CurGroupChildCount() const;
   bool CurGroupLongKey() const;
 
-  int LastIndent() const;
-  int CurIndent() const { return m_curIndent; }
+  std::size_t LastIndent() const;
+  std::size_t CurIndent() const { return m_curIndent; }
   bool HasAnchor() const { return m_hasAnchor; }
   bool HasTag() const { return m_hasTag; }
   bool HasBegunNode() const {
@@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ class EmitterState {
   EMITTER_MANIP GetIntFormat() const { return m_intFmt.get(); }
 
   bool SetIndent(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
-  int GetIndent() const { return m_indent.get(); }
+  std::size_t GetIndent() const { return m_indent.get(); }
 
   bool SetPreCommentIndent(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
-  int GetPreCommentIndent() const { return m_preCommentIndent.get(); }
+  std::size_t GetPreCommentIndent() const { return m_preCommentIndent.get(); }
   bool SetPostCommentIndent(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
-  int GetPostCommentIndent() const { return m_postCommentIndent.get(); }
+  std::size_t GetPostCommentIndent() const { return m_postCommentIndent.get(); }
 
   bool SetFlowType(GroupType::value groupType, EMITTER_MANIP value,
                    FmtScope::value scope);
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ class EmitterState {
   bool SetMapKeyFormat(EMITTER_MANIP value, FmtScope::value scope);
   EMITTER_MANIP GetMapKeyFormat() const { return m_mapKeyFmt.get(); }
 
-  bool SetFloatPrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope);
+  bool SetFloatPrecision(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
   std::size_t GetFloatPrecision() const { return m_floatPrecision.get(); }
-  bool SetDoublePrecision(int value, FmtScope::value scope);
+  bool SetDoublePrecision(std::size_t value, FmtScope::value scope);
   std::size_t GetDoublePrecision() const { return m_doublePrecision.get(); }
 
  private:
@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ class EmitterState {
   Setting<EMITTER_MANIP> m_seqFmt;
   Setting<EMITTER_MANIP> m_mapFmt;
   Setting<EMITTER_MANIP> m_mapKeyFmt;
-  Setting<int> m_floatPrecision;
-  Setting<int> m_doublePrecision;
+  Setting<std::size_t> m_floatPrecision;
+  Setting<std::size_t> m_doublePrecision;
 
   SettingChanges m_modifiedSettings;
   SettingChanges m_globalModifiedSettings;
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ class EmitterState {
 
     GroupType::value type;
     FlowType::value flowType;
-    int indent;
+    std::size_t indent;
     std::size_t childCount;
     bool longKey;
 
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ class EmitterState {
     }
   };
 
-  ptr_stack<Group> m_groups;
+  std::vector<std::unique_ptr<Group>> m_groups;
   std::size_t m_curIndent;
   bool m_hasAnchor;
   bool m_hasTag;

src/emitterutils.cpp

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 #include "stringsource.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/binary.h"  // IWYU pragma: keep
 #include "yaml-cpp/ostream_wrapper.h"
+#include "yaml-cpp/null.h"
 
 namespace YAML {
 namespace Utils {
@@ -152,12 +153,8 @@ void WriteCodePoint(ostream_wrapper& out, int codePoint) {
 
 bool IsValidPlainScalar(const std::string& str, FlowType::value flowType,
                         bool allowOnlyAscii) {
-  if (str.empty()) {
-    return false;
-  }
-
   // check against null
-  if (str == "null") {
+  if (IsNullString(str)) {
     return false;
   }
 
@@ -357,7 +354,7 @@ bool WriteDoubleQuotedString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
 }
 
 bool WriteLiteralString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                        int indent) {
+                        std::size_t indent) {
   out << "|\n";
   out << IndentTo(indent);
   int codePoint;
@@ -383,6 +380,8 @@ bool WriteChar(ostream_wrapper& out, char ch) {
     out << "\"\\n\"";
   } else if (ch == '\b') {
     out << "\"\\b\"";
+  } else if (ch == '\\') {
+    out << "\"\\\\\"";
   } else if ((0x20 <= ch && ch <= 0x7e) || ch == ' ') {
     out << "\"" << ch << "\"";
   } else {
@@ -394,7 +393,7 @@ bool WriteChar(ostream_wrapper& out, char ch) {
 }
 
 bool WriteComment(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                  int postCommentIndent) {
+                  std::size_t postCommentIndent) {
   const std::size_t curIndent = out.col();
   out << "#" << Indentation(postCommentIndent);
   out.set_comment();

src/emitterutils.h

@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ bool WriteSingleQuotedString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str);
 bool WriteDoubleQuotedString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
                              bool escapeNonAscii);
 bool WriteLiteralString(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                        int indent);
+                        std::size_t indent);
 bool WriteChar(ostream_wrapper& out, char ch);
 bool WriteComment(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str,
-                  int postCommentIndent);
+                  std::size_t postCommentIndent);
 bool WriteAlias(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str);
 bool WriteAnchor(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str);
 bool WriteTag(ostream_wrapper& out, const std::string& str, bool verbatim);

src/exceptions.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#include "yaml-cpp/exceptions.h"
+
+// This is here for compatibility with older versions of Visual Studio
+// which don't support noexcept
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT _NOEXCEPT
+#else
+    #define YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT noexcept
+#endif
+
+namespace YAML {
+
+// These destructors are defined out-of-line so the vtable is only emitted once.
+Exception::~Exception() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+ParserException::~ParserException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+RepresentationException::~RepresentationException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+InvalidScalar::~InvalidScalar() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+KeyNotFound::~KeyNotFound() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+InvalidNode::~InvalidNode() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadConversion::~BadConversion() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadDereference::~BadDereference() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadSubscript::~BadSubscript() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadPushback::~BadPushback() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadInsert::~BadInsert() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+EmitterException::~EmitterException() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+BadFile::~BadFile() YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT {}
+}
+
+#undef YAML_CPP_NOEXCEPT
+
+

src/exp.h

@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@ namespace YAML {
 
 namespace Exp {
 // misc
+inline const RegEx& Empty() {
+  static const RegEx e;
+  return e;
+}
 inline const RegEx& Space() {
   static const RegEx e = RegEx(' ');
   return e;
@@ -131,7 +135,7 @@ inline const RegEx& URI() {
   return e;
 }
 inline const RegEx& Tag() {
-  static const RegEx e = Word() || RegEx("#;/?:@&=+$_.~*'", REGEX_OR) ||
+  static const RegEx e = Word() || RegEx("#;/?:@&=+$_.~*'()", REGEX_OR) ||
                          (RegEx('%') + Hex() + Hex());
   return e;
 }
@@ -165,6 +169,15 @@ inline const RegEx& EndScalarInFlow() {
   return e;
 }
 
+inline const RegEx& ScanScalarEndInFlow() {
+  static const RegEx e = (EndScalarInFlow() || (BlankOrBreak() + Comment()));
+  return e;
+}
+
+inline const RegEx& ScanScalarEnd() {
+  static const RegEx e = EndScalar() || (BlankOrBreak() + Comment());
+  return e;
+}
 inline const RegEx& EscSingleQuote() {
   static const RegEx e = RegEx("\'\'");
   return e;
@@ -187,7 +200,7 @@ inline const RegEx& Chomp() {
 
 // and some functions
 std::string Escape(Stream& in);
-}
+}  // namespace Exp
 
 namespace Keys {
 const char Directive = '%';
@@ -203,7 +216,7 @@ const char LiteralScalar = '|';
 const char FoldedScalar = '>';
 const char VerbatimTagStart = '<';
 const char VerbatimTagEnd = '>';
-}
-}
+}  // namespace Keys
+}  // namespace YAML
 
 #endif  // EXP_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

src/node_data.cpp

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 #include <assert.h>
-#include <boost/smart_ptr/shared_ptr.hpp>
+#include <iterator>
 #include <sstream>
 
 #include "yaml-cpp/exceptions.h"
@@ -28,9 +28,7 @@ void node_data::mark_defined() {
   m_isDefined = true;
 }
 
-void node_data::set_mark(const Mark& mark) {
-  m_mark = mark;
-}
+void node_data::set_mark(const Mark& mark) { m_mark = mark; }
 
 void node_data::set_type(NodeType::value type) {
   if (type == NodeType::Undefined) {
@@ -104,7 +102,7 @@ void node_data::compute_seq_size() const {
 void node_data::compute_map_size() const {
   kv_pairs::iterator it = m_undefinedPairs.begin();
   while (it != m_undefinedPairs.end()) {
-    kv_pairs::iterator jt = boost::next(it);
+    kv_pairs::iterator jt = std::next(it);
     if (it->first->is_defined() && it->second->is_defined())
       m_undefinedPairs.erase(it);
     it = jt;
@@ -258,9 +256,10 @@ void node_data::reset_map() {
 }
 
 void node_data::insert_map_pair(node& key, node& value) {
-  m_map[&key] = &value;
+  m_map.emplace_back(&key, &value);
+
   if (!key.is_defined() || !value.is_defined())
-    m_undefinedPairs.push_back(kv_pair(&key, &value));
+    m_undefinedPairs.emplace_back(&key, &value);
 }
 
 void node_data::convert_to_map(shared_memory_holder pMemory) {

src/nodebuilder.cpp

@@ -48,9 +48,8 @@ void NodeBuilder::OnScalar(const Mark& mark, const std::string& tag,
   Pop();
 }
 
-void NodeBuilder::OnSequenceStart(const Mark& mark,
-                                  const std::string& tag, anchor_t anchor,
-                                  EmitterStyle::value style) {
+void NodeBuilder::OnSequenceStart(const Mark& mark, const std::string& tag,
+                                  anchor_t anchor, EmitterStyle::value style) {
   detail::node& node = Push(mark, anchor);
   node.set_tag(tag);
   node.set_type(NodeType::Sequence);

src/null.cpp

@@ -2,4 +2,9 @@
 
 namespace YAML {
 _Null Null;
+
+bool IsNullString(const std::string& str) {
+  return str.empty() || str == "~" || str == "null" || str == "Null" ||
+         str == "NULL";
+}
 }

src/parse.cpp

@@ -22,16 +22,18 @@ Node Load(const char* input) {
 Node Load(std::istream& input) {
   Parser parser(input);
   NodeBuilder builder;
-  if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder))
+  if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder)) {
     return Node();
+  }
 
   return builder.Root();
 }
 
 Node LoadFile(const std::string& filename) {
   std::ifstream fin(filename.c_str());
-  if (!fin)
+  if (!fin) {
     throw BadFile();
+  }
   return Load(fin);
 }
 
@@ -51,8 +53,9 @@ std::vector<Node> LoadAll(std::istream& input) {
   Parser parser(input);
   while (1) {
     NodeBuilder builder;
-    if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder))
+    if (!parser.HandleNextDocument(builder)) {
       break;
+    }
     docs.push_back(builder.Root());
   }
 
@@ -61,8 +64,9 @@ std::vector<Node> LoadAll(std::istream& input) {
 
 std::vector<Node> LoadAllFromFile(const std::string& filename) {
   std::ifstream fin(filename.c_str());
-  if (!fin)
+  if (!fin) {
     throw BadFile();
+  }
   return LoadAll(fin);
 }
-}
+}  // namespace YAML

src/parser.cpp

@@ -26,40 +26,38 @@ void Parser::Load(std::istream& in) {
   m_pDirectives.reset(new Directives);
 }
 
-// HandleNextDocument
-// . Handles the next document
-// . Throws a ParserException on error.
-// . Returns false if there are no more documents
 bool Parser::HandleNextDocument(EventHandler& eventHandler) {
   if (!m_pScanner.get())
     return false;
 
   ParseDirectives();
-  if (m_pScanner->empty())
+  if (m_pScanner->empty()) {
     return false;
+  }
 
   SingleDocParser sdp(*m_pScanner, *m_pDirectives);
   sdp.HandleDocument(eventHandler);
   return true;
 }
 
-// ParseDirectives
-// . Reads any directives that are next in the queue.
 void Parser::ParseDirectives() {
   bool readDirective = false;
 
   while (1) {
-    if (m_pScanner->empty())
+    if (m_pScanner->empty()) {
       break;
+    }
 
     Token& token = m_pScanner->peek();
-    if (token.type != Token::DIRECTIVE)
+    if (token.type != Token::DIRECTIVE) {
       break;
+    }
 
     // we keep the directives from the last document if none are specified;
     // but if any directives are specific, then we reset them
-    if (!readDirective)
+    if (!readDirective) {
       m_pDirectives.reset(new Directives);
+    }
 
     readDirective = true;
     HandleDirective(token);
@@ -68,58 +66,61 @@ void Parser::ParseDirectives() {
 }
 
 void Parser::HandleDirective(const Token& token) {
-  if (token.value == "YAML")
+  if (token.value == "YAML") {
     HandleYamlDirective(token);
-  else if (token.value == "TAG")
+  } else if (token.value == "TAG") {
     HandleTagDirective(token);
+  }
 }
 
-// HandleYamlDirective
-// . Should be of the form 'major.minor' (like a version number)
 void Parser::HandleYamlDirective(const Token& token) {
-  if (token.params.size() != 1)
+  if (token.params.size() != 1) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::YAML_DIRECTIVE_ARGS);
+  }
 
-  if (!m_pDirectives->version.isDefault)
+  if (!m_pDirectives->version.isDefault) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::REPEATED_YAML_DIRECTIVE);
+  }
 
   std::stringstream str(token.params[0]);
   str >> m_pDirectives->version.major;
   str.get();
   str >> m_pDirectives->version.minor;
-  if (!str || str.peek() != EOF)
+  if (!str || str.peek() != EOF) {
     throw ParserException(
         token.mark, std::string(ErrorMsg::YAML_VERSION) + token.params[0]);
+  }
 
-  if (m_pDirectives->version.major > 1)
+  if (m_pDirectives->version.major > 1) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::YAML_MAJOR_VERSION);
+  }
 
   m_pDirectives->version.isDefault = false;
   // TODO: warning on major == 1, minor > 2?
 }
 
-// HandleTagDirective
-// . Should be of the form 'handle prefix', where 'handle' is converted to
-// 'prefix' in the file.
 void Parser::HandleTagDirective(const Token& token) {
   if (token.params.size() != 2)
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::TAG_DIRECTIVE_ARGS);
 
   const std::string& handle = token.params[0];
   const std::string& prefix = token.params[1];
-  if (m_pDirectives->tags.find(handle) != m_pDirectives->tags.end())
+  if (m_pDirectives->tags.find(handle) != m_pDirectives->tags.end()) {
     throw ParserException(token.mark, ErrorMsg::REPEATED_TAG_DIRECTIVE);
+  }
 
   m_pDirectives->tags[handle] = prefix;
 }
 
 void Parser::PrintTokens(std::ostream& out) {
-  if (!m_pScanner.get())
+  if (!m_pScanner.get()) {
     return;
+  }
 
   while (1) {
-    if (m_pScanner->empty())
+    if (m_pScanner->empty()) {
       break;
+    }
 
     out << m_pScanner->peek() << "\n";
     m_pScanner->pop();

src/ptr_stack.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PTR_STACK_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66
-#define PTR_STACK_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) ||                                            \
-    (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4) || \
-     (__GNUC__ >= 4))  // GCC supports "pragma once" correctly since 3.4
-#pragma once
-#endif
-
-#include <cstddef>
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <memory>
-#include <vector>
-
-#include "yaml-cpp/noncopyable.h"
-
-template <typename T>
-class ptr_stack : private YAML::noncopyable {
- public:
-  ptr_stack() {}
-  ~ptr_stack() { clear(); }
-
-  void clear() {
-    for (std::size_t i = 0; i < m_data.size(); i++)
-      delete m_data[i];
-    m_data.clear();
-  }
-
-  std::size_t size() const { return m_data.size(); }
-  bool empty() const { return m_data.empty(); }
-
-  void push(std::auto_ptr<T> t) {
-    m_data.push_back(NULL);
-    m_data.back() = t.release();
-  }
-  std::auto_ptr<T> pop() {
-    std::auto_ptr<T> t(m_data.back());
-    m_data.pop_back();
-    return t;
-  }
-  T& top() { return *m_data.back(); }
-  const T& top() const { return *m_data.back(); }
-
-  T& top(std::ptrdiff_t diff) { return **(m_data.end() - 1 + diff); }
-  const T& top(std::ptrdiff_t diff) const {
-    return **(m_data.end() - 1 + diff);
-  }
-
- private:
-  std::vector<T*> m_data;
-};
-
-#endif  // PTR_STACK_H_62B23520_7C8E_11DE_8A39_0800200C9A66

src/ptr_vector.h

@@ -16,33 +16,27 @@
 
 namespace YAML {
 
+// TODO: This class is no longer needed
 template <typename T>
 class ptr_vector : private YAML::noncopyable {
  public:
   ptr_vector() {}
-  ~ptr_vector() { clear(); }
 
-  void clear() {
-    for (std::size_t i = 0; i < m_data.size(); i++)
-      delete m_data[i];
-    m_data.clear();
-  }
+  void clear() { m_data.clear(); }
 
   std::size_t size() const { return m_data.size(); }
   bool empty() const { return m_data.empty(); }
 
-  void push_back(std::auto_ptr<T> t) {
-    m_data.push_back(NULL);
-    m_data.back() = t.release();
-  }
+  void push_back(std::unique_ptr<T>&& t) { m_data.push_back(std::move(t)); }
   T& operator[](std::size_t i) { return *m_data[i]; }
   const T& operator[](std::size_t i) const { return *m_data[i]; }
 
-  T& back() { return *m_data.back(); }
-  const T& back() const { return *m_data.back(); }
+  T& back() { return *(m_data.back().get()); }
+
+  const T& back() const { return *(m_data.back().get()); }
 
  private:
-  std::vector<T*> m_data;
+  std::vector<std::unique_ptr<T>> m_data;
 };
 }
 

src/regex_yaml.h

@@ -10,6 +10,8 @@
 #include <string>
 #include <vector>
 
+#include "yaml-cpp/dll.h"
+
 namespace YAML {
 class Stream;
 
@@ -26,7 +28,7 @@ enum REGEX_OP {
 // simplified regular expressions
 // . Only straightforward matches (no repeated characters)
 // . Only matches from start of string
-class RegEx {
+class YAML_CPP_API RegEx {
  public:
   RegEx();
   RegEx(char ch);
@@ -34,10 +36,10 @@ class RegEx {
   RegEx(const std::string& str, REGEX_OP op = REGEX_SEQ);
   ~RegEx() {}
 
-  friend RegEx operator!(const RegEx& ex);
-  friend RegEx operator||(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
-  friend RegEx operator&&(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
-  friend RegEx operator+(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator!(const RegEx& ex);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator||(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator&&(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
+  friend YAML_CPP_API RegEx operator+(const RegEx& ex1, const RegEx& ex2);
 
   bool Matches(char ch) const;
   bool Matches(const std::string& str) const;

src/scanner.cpp

@@ -16,23 +16,17 @@ Scanner::Scanner(std::istream& in)
 
 Scanner::~Scanner() {}
 
-// empty
-// . Returns true if there are no more tokens to be read
 bool Scanner::empty() {
   EnsureTokensInQueue();
   return m_tokens.empty();
 }
 
-// pop
-// . Simply removes the next token on the queue.
 void Scanner::pop() {
   EnsureTokensInQueue();
   if (!m_tokens.empty())
     m_tokens.pop();
 }
 
-// peek
-// . Returns (but does not remove) the next token on the queue.
 Token& Scanner::peek() {
   EnsureTokensInQueue();
   assert(!m_tokens.empty());  // should we be asserting here? I mean, we really
@@ -49,21 +43,17 @@ Token& Scanner::peek() {
   return m_tokens.front();
 }
 
-// mark
-// . Returns the current mark in the stream
 Mark Scanner::mark() const { return INPUT.mark(); }
 
-// EnsureTokensInQueue
-// . Scan until there's a valid token at the front of the queue,
-//   or we're sure the queue is empty.
 void Scanner::EnsureTokensInQueue() {
   while (1) {
     if (!m_tokens.empty()) {
       Token& token = m_tokens.front();
 
       // if this guy's valid, then we're done
-      if (token.status == Token::VALID)
+      if (token.status == Token::VALID) {
         return;
+      }
 
       // here's where we clean up the impossible tokens
       if (token.status == Token::INVALID) {
@@ -75,23 +65,23 @@ void Scanner::EnsureTokensInQueue() {
     }
 
     // no token? maybe we've actually finished
-    if (m_endedStream)
+    if (m_endedStream) {
       return;
+    }
 
     // no? then scan...
     ScanNextToken();
   }
 }
 
-// ScanNextToken
-// . The main scanning function; here we branch out and
-//   scan whatever the next token should be.
 void Scanner::ScanNextToken() {
-  if (m_endedStream)
+  if (m_endedStream) {
     return;
+  }
 
-  if (!m_startedStream)
+  if (!m_startedStream) {
     return StartStream();
+  }
 
   // get rid of whitespace, etc. (in between tokens it should be irrelevent)
   ScanToNextToken();
@@ -104,85 +94,102 @@ void Scanner::ScanNextToken() {
   // *****
 
   // end of stream
-  if (!INPUT)
+  if (!INPUT) {
     return EndStream();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && INPUT.peek() == Keys::Directive)
+  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && INPUT.peek() == Keys::Directive) {
     return ScanDirective();
+  }
 
   // document token
-  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocStart().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocStart().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanDocStart();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocEnd().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocEnd().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanDocEnd();
+  }
 
   // flow start/end/entry
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqStart || INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapStart)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqStart ||
+      INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapStart) {
     return ScanFlowStart();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqEnd || INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapEnd)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowSeqEnd || INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowMapEnd) {
     return ScanFlowEnd();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowEntry)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::FlowEntry) {
     return ScanFlowEntry();
+  }
 
   // block/map stuff
-  if (Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanBlockEntry();
+  }
 
-  if ((InBlockContext() ? Exp::Key() : Exp::KeyInFlow()).Matches(INPUT))
+  if ((InBlockContext() ? Exp::Key() : Exp::KeyInFlow()).Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanKey();
+  }
 
-  if (GetValueRegex().Matches(INPUT))
+  if (GetValueRegex().Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanValue();
+  }
 
   // alias/anchor
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Alias || INPUT.peek() == Keys::Anchor)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Alias || INPUT.peek() == Keys::Anchor) {
     return ScanAnchorOrAlias();
+  }
 
   // tag
-  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Tag)
+  if (INPUT.peek() == Keys::Tag) {
     return ScanTag();
+  }
 
   // special scalars
   if (InBlockContext() && (INPUT.peek() == Keys::LiteralScalar ||
-                           INPUT.peek() == Keys::FoldedScalar))
+                           INPUT.peek() == Keys::FoldedScalar)) {
     return ScanBlockScalar();
+  }
 
-  if (INPUT.peek() == '\'' || INPUT.peek() == '\"')
+  if (INPUT.peek() == '\'' || INPUT.peek() == '\"') {
     return ScanQuotedScalar();
+  }
 
   // plain scalars
   if ((InBlockContext() ? Exp::PlainScalar() : Exp::PlainScalarInFlow())
-          .Matches(INPUT))
+          .Matches(INPUT)) {
     return ScanPlainScalar();
+  }
 
   // don't know what it is!
   throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::UNKNOWN_TOKEN);
 }
 
-// ScanToNextToken
-// . Eats input until we reach the next token-like thing.
 void Scanner::ScanToNextToken() {
   while (1) {
     // first eat whitespace
     while (INPUT && IsWhitespaceToBeEaten(INPUT.peek())) {
-      if (InBlockContext() && Exp::Tab().Matches(INPUT))
+      if (InBlockContext() && Exp::Tab().Matches(INPUT)) {
         m_simpleKeyAllowed = false;
+      }
       INPUT.eat(1);
     }
 
     // then eat a comment
     if (Exp::Comment().Matches(INPUT)) {
       // eat until line break
-      while (INPUT && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT))
+      while (INPUT && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
         INPUT.eat(1);
+      }
     }
 
     // if it's NOT a line break, then we're done!
-    if (!Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT))
+    if (!Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
       break;
+    }
 
     // otherwise, let's eat the line break and keep going
     int n = Exp::Break().Match(INPUT);
@@ -192,8 +199,9 @@ void Scanner::ScanToNextToken() {
     InvalidateSimpleKey();
 
     // new line - we may be able to accept a simple key now
-    if (InBlockContext())
+    if (InBlockContext()) {
       m_simpleKeyAllowed = true;
+    }
   }
 }
 
@@ -210,40 +218,39 @@ void Scanner::ScanToNextToken() {
 //   that they can't contribute to indentation, so once you've seen a tab in a
 //   line, you can't start a simple key
 bool Scanner::IsWhitespaceToBeEaten(char ch) {
-  if (ch == ' ')
+  if (ch == ' ') {
     return true;
+  }
 
-  if (ch == '\t')
+  if (ch == '\t') {
     return true;
+  }
 
   return false;
 }
 
-// GetValueRegex
-// . Get the appropriate regex to check if it's a value token
 const RegEx& Scanner::GetValueRegex() const {
-  if (InBlockContext())
+  if (InBlockContext()) {
     return Exp::Value();
+  }
 
   return m_canBeJSONFlow ? Exp::ValueInJSONFlow() : Exp::ValueInFlow();
 }
 
-// StartStream
-// . Set the initial conditions for starting a stream.
 void Scanner::StartStream() {
   m_startedStream = true;
   m_simpleKeyAllowed = true;
-  std::auto_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(new IndentMarker(-1, IndentMarker::NONE));
-  m_indentRefs.push_back(pIndent);
+  std::unique_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(
+      new IndentMarker(-1, IndentMarker::NONE));
+  m_indentRefs.push_back(std::move(pIndent));
   m_indents.push(&m_indentRefs.back());
 }
 
-// EndStream
-// . Close out the stream, finish up, etc.
 void Scanner::EndStream() {
   // force newline
-  if (INPUT.column() > 0)
+  if (INPUT.column() > 0) {
     INPUT.ResetColumn();
+  }
 
   PopAllIndents();
   PopAllSimpleKeys();
@@ -271,84 +278,80 @@ Token::TYPE Scanner::GetStartTokenFor(IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type) const {
   throw std::runtime_error("yaml-cpp: internal error, invalid indent type");
 }
 
-// PushIndentTo
-// . Pushes an indentation onto the stack, and enqueues the
-//   proper token (sequence start or mapping start).
-// . Returns the indent marker it generates (if any).
 Scanner::IndentMarker* Scanner::PushIndentTo(int column,
                                              IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type) {
   // are we in flow?
-  if (InFlowContext())
+  if (InFlowContext()) {
     return 0;
+  }
 
-  std::auto_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(new IndentMarker(column, type));
+  std::unique_ptr<IndentMarker> pIndent(new IndentMarker(column, type));
   IndentMarker& indent = *pIndent;
   const IndentMarker& lastIndent = *m_indents.top();
 
   // is this actually an indentation?
-  if (indent.column < lastIndent.column)
+  if (indent.column < lastIndent.column) {
     return 0;
+  }
   if (indent.column == lastIndent.column &&
       !(indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ &&
-        lastIndent.type == IndentMarker::MAP))
+        lastIndent.type == IndentMarker::MAP)) {
     return 0;
+  }
 
   // push a start token
   indent.pStartToken = PushToken(GetStartTokenFor(type));
 
   // and then the indent
   m_indents.push(&indent);
-  m_indentRefs.push_back(pIndent);
+  m_indentRefs.push_back(std::move(pIndent));
   return &m_indentRefs.back();
 }
 
-// PopIndentToHere
-// . Pops indentations off the stack until we reach the current indentation
-// level,
-//   and enqueues the proper token each time.
-// . Then pops all invalid indentations off.
 void Scanner::PopIndentToHere() {
   // are we in flow?
-  if (InFlowContext())
+  if (InFlowContext()) {
     return;
+  }
 
   // now pop away
   while (!m_indents.empty()) {
     const IndentMarker& indent = *m_indents.top();
-    if (indent.column < INPUT.column())
+    if (indent.column < INPUT.column()) {
       break;
+    }
     if (indent.column == INPUT.column() &&
         !(indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ &&
-          !Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT)))
+          !Exp::BlockEntry().Matches(INPUT))) {
       break;
+    }
 
     PopIndent();
   }
 
-  while (!m_indents.empty() && m_indents.top()->status == IndentMarker::INVALID)
+  while (!m_indents.empty() &&
+         m_indents.top()->status == IndentMarker::INVALID) {
     PopIndent();
+  }
 }
 
-// PopAllIndents
-// . Pops all indentations (except for the base empty one) off the stack,
-//   and enqueues the proper token each time.
 void Scanner::PopAllIndents() {
   // are we in flow?
-  if (InFlowContext())
+  if (InFlowContext()) {
     return;
+  }
 
   // now pop away
   while (!m_indents.empty()) {
     const IndentMarker& indent = *m_indents.top();
-    if (indent.type == IndentMarker::NONE)
+    if (indent.type == IndentMarker::NONE) {
       break;
+    }
 
     PopIndent();
   }
 }
 
-// PopIndent
-// . Pops a single indent, pushing the proper token
 void Scanner::PopIndent() {
   const IndentMarker& indent = *m_indents.top();
   m_indents.pop();
@@ -358,23 +361,20 @@ void Scanner::PopIndent() {
     return;
   }
 
-  if (indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ)
+  if (indent.type == IndentMarker::SEQ) {
     m_tokens.push(Token(Token::BLOCK_SEQ_END, INPUT.mark()));
-  else if (indent.type == IndentMarker::MAP)
+  } else if (indent.type == IndentMarker::MAP) {
     m_tokens.push(Token(Token::BLOCK_MAP_END, INPUT.mark()));
+  }
 }
 
-// GetTopIndent
 int Scanner::GetTopIndent() const {
-  if (m_indents.empty())
+  if (m_indents.empty()) {
     return 0;
+  }
   return m_indents.top()->column;
 }
 
-// ThrowParserException
-// . Throws a ParserException with the current token location
-//   (if available).
-// . Does not parse any more tokens.
 void Scanner::ThrowParserException(const std::string& msg) const {
   Mark mark = Mark::null_mark();
   if (!m_tokens.empty()) {
@@ -383,4 +383,4 @@ void Scanner::ThrowParserException(const std::string& msg) const {
   }
   throw ParserException(mark, msg);
 }
-}
+}  // namespace YAML

src/scanner.h

@@ -24,15 +24,24 @@ namespace YAML {
 class Node;
 class RegEx;
 
+/**
+ * A scanner transforms a stream of characters into a stream of tokens.
+ */
 class Scanner {
  public:
-  Scanner(std::istream &in);
+  explicit Scanner(std::istream &in);
   ~Scanner();
 
-  // token queue management (hopefully this looks kinda stl-ish)
+  /** Returns true if there are no more tokens to be read. */
   bool empty();
+
+  /** Removes the next token in the queue. */
   void pop();
+
+  /** Returns, but does not remove, the next token in the queue. */
   Token &peek();
+
+  /** Returns the current mark in the input stream. */
   Mark mark() const;
 
  private:
@@ -52,11 +61,29 @@ class Scanner {
 
  private:
   // scanning
+
+  /**
+   * Scans until there's a valid token at the front of the queue, or the queue
+   * is empty. The state can be checked by {@link #empty}, and the next token
+   * retrieved by {@link #peek}.
+   */
   void EnsureTokensInQueue();
+
+  /**
+   * The main scanning function; this method branches out to scan whatever the
+   * next token should be.
+   */
   void ScanNextToken();
+
+  /** Eats the input stream until it reaches the next token-like thing. */
   void ScanToNextToken();
+
+  /** Sets the initial conditions for starting a stream. */
   void StartStream();
+
+  /** Closes out the stream, finish up, etc. */
   void EndStream();
+
   Token *PushToken(Token::TYPE type);
 
   bool InFlowContext() const { return !m_flows.empty(); }
@@ -64,9 +91,29 @@ class Scanner {
   std::size_t GetFlowLevel() const { return m_flows.size(); }
 
   Token::TYPE GetStartTokenFor(IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Pushes an indentation onto the stack, and enqueues the proper token
+   * (sequence start or mapping start).
+   *
+   * @return the indent marker it generates (if any).
+   */
   IndentMarker *PushIndentTo(int column, IndentMarker::INDENT_TYPE type);
+
+  /**
+   * Pops indentations off the stack until it reaches the current indentation
+   * level, and enqueues the proper token each time. Then pops all invalid
+   * indentations off.
+   */
   void PopIndentToHere();
+
+  /**
+   * Pops all indentations (except for the base empty one) off the stack, and
+   * enqueues the proper token each time.
+   */
   void PopAllIndents();
+
+  /** Pops a single indent, pushing the proper token. */
   void PopIndent();
   int GetTopIndent() const;
 
@@ -78,9 +125,17 @@ class Scanner {
   bool VerifySimpleKey();
   void PopAllSimpleKeys();
 
+  /**
+   * Throws a ParserException with the current token location (if available),
+   * and does not parse any more tokens.
+   */
   void ThrowParserException(const std::string &msg) const;
 
   bool IsWhitespaceToBeEaten(char ch);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the appropriate regex to check if the next token is a value token.
+   */
   const RegEx &GetValueRegex() const;
 
   struct SimpleKey {

src/scanscalar.cpp

@@ -28,22 +28,28 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
   std::string scalar;
   params.leadingSpaces = false;
 
+  if (!params.end) {
+    params.end = &Exp::Empty();
+  }
+
   while (INPUT) {
     // ********************************
     // Phase #1: scan until line ending
 
     std::size_t lastNonWhitespaceChar = scalar.size();
     bool escapedNewline = false;
-    while (!params.end.Matches(INPUT) && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
-      if (!INPUT)
+    while (!params.end->Matches(INPUT) && !Exp::Break().Matches(INPUT)) {
+      if (!INPUT) {
         break;
+      }
 
       // document indicator?
       if (INPUT.column() == 0 && Exp::DocIndicator().Matches(INPUT)) {
-        if (params.onDocIndicator == BREAK)
+        if (params.onDocIndicator == BREAK) {
           break;
-        else if (params.onDocIndicator == THROW)
+        } else if (params.onDocIndicator == THROW) {
           throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::DOC_IN_SCALAR);
+        }
       }
 
       foundNonEmptyLine = true;
@@ -70,27 +76,31 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
       // otherwise, just add the damn character
       char ch = INPUT.get();
       scalar += ch;
-      if (ch != ' ' && ch != '\t')
+      if (ch != ' ' && ch != '\t') {
         lastNonWhitespaceChar = scalar.size();
+      }
     }
 
     // eof? if we're looking to eat something, then we throw
     if (!INPUT) {
-      if (params.eatEnd)
+      if (params.eatEnd) {
         throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::EOF_IN_SCALAR);
+      }
       break;
     }
 
     // doc indicator?
     if (params.onDocIndicator == BREAK && INPUT.column() == 0 &&
-        Exp::DocIndicator().Matches(INPUT))
+        Exp::DocIndicator().Matches(INPUT)) {
       break;
+    }
 
     // are we done via character match?
-    int n = params.end.Match(INPUT);
+    int n = params.end->Match(INPUT);
     if (n >= 0) {
-      if (params.eatEnd)
+      if (params.eatEnd) {
         INPUT.eat(n);
+      }
       break;
     }
 
@@ -107,23 +117,33 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
     // Phase #3: scan initial spaces
 
     // first the required indentation
-    while (INPUT.peek() == ' ' && (INPUT.column() < params.indent ||
-                                   (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine)))
+    while (INPUT.peek() == ' ' &&
+           (INPUT.column() < params.indent ||
+            (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine)) &&
+           !params.end->Matches(INPUT)) {
       INPUT.eat(1);
+    }
 
     // update indent if we're auto-detecting
-    if (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine)
+    if (params.detectIndent && !foundNonEmptyLine) {
       params.indent = std::max(params.indent, INPUT.column());
+    }
 
     // and then the rest of the whitespace
     while (Exp::Blank().Matches(INPUT)) {
       // we check for tabs that masquerade as indentation
       if (INPUT.peek() == '\t' && INPUT.column() < params.indent &&
-          params.onTabInIndentation == THROW)
+          params.onTabInIndentation == THROW) {
         throw ParserException(INPUT.mark(), ErrorMsg::TAB_IN_INDENTATION);
+      }
 
-      if (!params.eatLeadingWhitespace)
+      if (!params.eatLeadingWhitespace) {
         break;
+      }
+
+      if (params.end->Matches(INPUT)) {
+        break;
+      }
 
       INPUT.eat(1);
     }
@@ -143,26 +163,29 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
           break;
         case FOLD_BLOCK:
           if (!emptyLine && !nextEmptyLine && !moreIndented &&
-              !nextMoreIndented && INPUT.column() >= params.indent)
+              !nextMoreIndented && INPUT.column() >= params.indent) {
             scalar += " ";
-          else if (nextEmptyLine)
+          } else if (nextEmptyLine) {
             foldedNewlineCount++;
-          else
+          } else {
             scalar += "\n";
+          }
 
           if (!nextEmptyLine && foldedNewlineCount > 0) {
             scalar += std::string(foldedNewlineCount - 1, '\n');
             if (foldedNewlineStartedMoreIndented ||
-                nextMoreIndented | !foundNonEmptyLine)
+                nextMoreIndented | !foundNonEmptyLine) {
               scalar += "\n";
+            }
             foldedNewlineCount = 0;
           }
           break;
         case FOLD_FLOW:
-          if (nextEmptyLine)
+          if (nextEmptyLine) {
             scalar += "\n";
-          else if (!emptyLine && !nextEmptyLine && !escapedNewline)
+          } else if (!emptyLine && !nextEmptyLine && !escapedNewline) {
             scalar += " ";
+          }
           break;
       }
     }
@@ -182,35 +205,41 @@ std::string ScanScalar(Stream& INPUT, ScanScalarParams& params) {
   if (params.trimTrailingSpaces) {
     std::size_t pos = scalar.find_last_not_of(' ');
     if (lastEscapedChar != std::string::npos) {
-      if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos)
+      if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos) {
         pos = lastEscapedChar;
+      }
     }
-    if (pos < scalar.size())
+    if (pos < scalar.size()) {
       scalar.erase(pos + 1);
+    }
   }
 
   switch (params.chomp) {
     case CLIP: {
       std::size_t pos = scalar.find_last_not_of('\n');
       if (lastEscapedChar != std::string::npos) {
-        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos)
+        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos) {
           pos = lastEscapedChar;
+        }
       }
-      if (pos == std::string::npos)
+      if (pos == std::string::npos) {
         scalar.erase();
-      else if (pos + 1 < scalar.size())
+      } else if (pos + 1 < scalar.size()) {
         scalar.erase(pos + 2);
+      }
     } break;
     case STRIP: {
       std::size_t pos = scalar.find_last_not_of('\n');
       if (lastEscapedChar != std::string::npos) {
-        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos)
+        if (pos < lastEscapedChar || pos == std::string::npos) {
           pos = lastEscapedChar;
+        }
       }
-      if (pos == std::string::npos)
+      if (pos == std::string::npos) {
         scalar.erase();
-      else if (pos < scalar.size())
+      } else if (pos < scalar.size()) {
         scalar.erase(pos + 1);
+      }
     } break;
     default:
       break;

src/scanscalar.h

@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ enum FOLD { DONT_FOLD, FOLD_BLOCK, FOLD_FLOW };
 
 struct ScanScalarParams {
   ScanScalarParams()
-      : eatEnd(false),
+      : end(nullptr),
+        eatEnd(false),
         indent(0),
         detectIndent(false),
         eatLeadingWhitespace(0),
@@ -32,7 +33,8 @@ struct ScanScalarParams {
         leadingSpaces(false) {}
 
   // input:
-  RegEx end;          // what condition ends this scalar?
+  const RegEx* end;   // what condition ends this scalar?
+                      // unowned.
   bool eatEnd;        // should we eat that condition when we see it?
   int indent;         // what level of indentation should be eaten and ignored?
   bool detectIndent;  // should we try to autodetect the indent?

src/scantoken.cpp

@@ -297,8 +297,8 @@ void Scanner::ScanPlainScalar() {
 
   // set up the scanning parameters
   ScanScalarParams params;
-  params.end = (InFlowContext() ? Exp::EndScalarInFlow() : Exp::EndScalar()) ||
-               (Exp::BlankOrBreak() + Exp::Comment());
+  params.end =
+      (InFlowContext() ? &Exp::ScanScalarEndInFlow() : &Exp::ScanScalarEnd());
   params.eatEnd = false;
   params.indent = (InFlowContext() ? 0 : GetTopIndent() + 1);
   params.fold = FOLD_FLOW;
@@ -338,7 +338,8 @@ void Scanner::ScanQuotedScalar() {
 
   // setup the scanning parameters
   ScanScalarParams params;
-  params.end = (single ? RegEx(quote) && !Exp::EscSingleQuote() : RegEx(quote));
+  RegEx end = (single ? RegEx(quote) && !Exp::EscSingleQuote() : RegEx(quote));
+  params.end = &end;
   params.eatEnd = true;
   params.escape = (single ? '\'' : '\\');
   params.indent = 0;

src/setting.h

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ class Setting {
   Setting() : m_value() {}
 
   const T get() const { return m_value; }
-  std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> set(const T& value);
+  std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> set(const T& value);
   void restore(const Setting<T>& oldSetting) { m_value = oldSetting.get(); }
 
  private:
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ class SettingChange : public SettingChangeBase {
 };
 
 template <typename T>
-inline std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> Setting<T>::set(const T& value) {
-  std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pChange(new SettingChange<T>(this));
+inline std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> Setting<T>::set(const T& value) {
+  std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pChange(new SettingChange<T>(this));
   m_value = value;
   return pChange;
 }
@@ -62,10 +62,6 @@ class SettingChanges : private noncopyable {
 
   void clear() {
     restore();
-
-    for (setting_changes::const_iterator it = m_settingChanges.begin();
-         it != m_settingChanges.end(); ++it)
-      delete *it;
     m_settingChanges.clear();
   }
 
@@ -75,23 +71,23 @@ class SettingChanges : private noncopyable {
       (*it)->pop();
   }
 
-  void push(std::auto_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pSettingChange) {
-    m_settingChanges.push_back(pSettingChange.release());
+  void push(std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase> pSettingChange) {
+    m_settingChanges.push_back(std::move(pSettingChange));
   }
 
-  // like std::auto_ptr - assignment is transfer of ownership
-  SettingChanges& operator=(SettingChanges& rhs) {
+  // like std::unique_ptr - assignment is transfer of ownership
+  SettingChanges& operator=(SettingChanges&& rhs) {
     if (this == &rhs)
       return *this;
 
     clear();
-    m_settingChanges = rhs.m_settingChanges;
-    rhs.m_settingChanges.clear();
+    std::swap(m_settingChanges, rhs.m_settingChanges);
+
     return *this;
   }
 
  private:
-  typedef std::vector<SettingChangeBase*> setting_changes;
+  typedef std::vector<std::unique_ptr<SettingChangeBase>> setting_changes;
   setting_changes m_settingChanges;
 };
 }

src/singledocparser.cpp

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 #include "yaml-cpp/eventhandler.h"
 #include "yaml-cpp/exceptions.h"  // IWYU pragma: keep
 #include "yaml-cpp/mark.h"
+#include "yaml-cpp/null.h"
 
 namespace YAML {
 SingleDocParser::SingleDocParser(Scanner& scanner, const Directives& directives)
@@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ void SingleDocParser::HandleNode(EventHandler& eventHandler) {
 
   const Token& token = m_scanner.peek();
 
-  if (token.type == Token::PLAIN_SCALAR && token.value == "null") {
+  if (token.type == Token::PLAIN_SCALAR && IsNullString(token.value)) {
     eventHandler.OnNull(mark, anchor);
     m_scanner.pop();
     return;

src/singledocparser.h

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ class SingleDocParser : private noncopyable {
  private:
   Scanner& m_scanner;
   const Directives& m_directives;
-  std::auto_ptr<CollectionStack> m_pCollectionStack;
+  std::unique_ptr<CollectionStack> m_pCollectionStack;
 
   typedef std::map<std::string, anchor_t> Anchors;
   Anchors m_anchors;

test/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -1,16 +1,26 @@
 set(gtest_force_shared_crt ${MSVC_SHARED_RT} CACHE BOOL
   "Use shared (DLL) run-time lib even when Google Test built as a static lib.")
-add_subdirectory(gmock-1.7.0)
-include_directories(SYSTEM gmock-1.7.0/gtest/include)
-include_directories(SYSTEM gmock-1.7.0/include)
+add_subdirectory(gtest-1.8.0)
+include_directories(SYSTEM gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/include)
+include_directories(SYSTEM gtest-1.8.0/googletest/include)
 
 if(WIN32 AND BUILD_SHARED_LIBS)
   add_definitions("-DGTEST_LINKED_AS_SHARED_LIBRARY")
 endif()
 
-if("${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "GNU" OR
-   "${CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID}" MATCHES "Clang")
-  set(yaml_test_flags "-Wno-c99-extensions -Wno-variadic-macros -Wno-sign-compare")
+if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "GNU" OR
+   CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Clang")
+  set(yaml_test_flags "-Wno-variadic-macros -Wno-sign-compare")
+
+  if(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Clang")
+    set(yaml_test_flags "${yaml_test_flags} -Wno-c99-extensions")
+  endif()
+
+  if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX)
+    set(yaml_test_flags "${yaml_test_flags} -std=gnu++11")
+  else()
+    set(yaml_test_flags "${yaml_test_flags} -std=c++11")
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 file(GLOB test_headers [a-z_]*.h)

test/gmock-1.7.0/README

@@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
-Google C++ Mocking Framework
-============================
-
-http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/
-
-Overview
---------
-
-Google's framework for writing and using C++ mock classes on a variety
-of platforms (Linux, Mac OS X, Windows, Windows CE, Symbian, etc).
-Inspired by jMock, EasyMock, and Hamcrest, and designed with C++'s
-specifics in mind, it can help you derive better designs of your
-system and write better tests.
-
-Google Mock:
-
-- provides a declarative syntax for defining mocks,
-- can easily define partial (hybrid) mocks, which are a cross of real
-  and mock objects,
-- handles functions of arbitrary types and overloaded functions,
-- comes with a rich set of matchers for validating function arguments,
-- uses an intuitive syntax for controlling the behavior of a mock,
-- does automatic verification of expectations (no record-and-replay
-  needed),
-- allows arbitrary (partial) ordering constraints on
-  function calls to be expressed,
-- lets a user extend it by defining new matchers and actions.
-- does not use exceptions, and
-- is easy to learn and use.
-
-Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
-mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
-also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
-join us!
-
-Please note that code under scripts/generator/ is from the cppclean
-project (http://code.google.com/p/cppclean/) and under the Apache
-License, which is different from Google Mock's license.
-
-Requirements for End Users
---------------------------
-
-Google Mock is implemented on top of the Google Test C++ testing
-framework (http://code.google.com/p/googletest/), and includes the
-latter as part of the SVN repositary and distribution package.  You
-must use the bundled version of Google Test when using Google Mock, or
-you may get compiler/linker errors.
-
-You can also easily configure Google Mock to work with another testing
-framework of your choice; although it will still need Google Test as
-an internal dependency.  Please read
-http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/ForDummies#Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework
-for how to do it.
-
-Google Mock depends on advanced C++ features and thus requires a more
-modern compiler.  The following are needed to use Google Mock:
-
-### Linux Requirements ###
-
-These are the base requirements to build and use Google Mock from a source
-package (as described below):
-
-  * GNU-compatible Make or "gmake"
-  * POSIX-standard shell
-  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
-  * C++98-standard-compliant compiler (e.g. GCC 3.4 or newer)
-
-### Windows Requirements ###
-
-  * Microsoft Visual C++ 8.0 SP1 or newer
-
-### Mac OS X Requirements ###
-
-  * Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger or newer
-  * Developer Tools Installed
-
-Requirements for Contributors
------------------------------
-
-We welcome patches.  If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
-build Google Mock and its own tests from an SVN checkout (described
-below), which has further requirements:
-
-  * Automake version 1.9 or newer
-  * Autoconf version 2.59 or newer
-  * Libtool / Libtoolize
-  * Python version 2.3 or newer (for running some of the tests and
-    re-generating certain source files from templates)
-
-Getting the Source
-------------------
-
-There are two primary ways of getting Google Mock's source code: you
-can download a stable source release in your preferred archive format,
-or directly check out the source from our Subversion (SVN) repositary.
-The SVN checkout requires a few extra steps and some extra software
-packages on your system, but lets you track development and make
-patches much more easily, so we highly encourage it.
-
-### Source Package ###
-
-Google Mock is released in versioned source packages which can be
-downloaded from the download page [1].  Several different archive
-formats are provided, but the only difference is the tools needed to
-extract their contents, and the size of the resulting file.  Download
-whichever you are most comfortable with.
-
-  [1] http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/downloads/list
-
-Once downloaded expand the archive using whichever tools you prefer
-for that type.  This will always result in a new directory with the
-name "gmock-X.Y.Z" which contains all of the source code.  Here are
-some examples on Linux:
-
-  tar -xvzf gmock-X.Y.Z.tar.gz
-  tar -xvjf gmock-X.Y.Z.tar.bz2
-  unzip gmock-X.Y.Z.zip
-
-### SVN Checkout ###
-
-To check out the main branch (also known as the "trunk") of Google
-Mock, run the following Subversion command:
-
-  svn checkout http://googlemock.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/ gmock-svn
-
-If you are using a *nix system and plan to use the GNU Autotools build
-system to build Google Mock (described below), you'll need to
-configure it now.  Otherwise you are done with getting the source
-files.
-
-To prepare the Autotools build system, enter the target directory of
-the checkout command you used ('gmock-svn') and proceed with the
-following command:
-
-  autoreconf -fvi
-
-Once you have completed this step, you are ready to build the library.
-Note that you should only need to complete this step once.  The
-subsequent 'make' invocations will automatically re-generate the bits
-of the build system that need to be changed.
-
-If your system uses older versions of the autotools, the above command
-will fail.  You may need to explicitly specify a version to use.  For
-instance, if you have both GNU Automake 1.4 and 1.9 installed and
-'automake' would invoke the 1.4, use instead:
-
-  AUTOMAKE=automake-1.9 ACLOCAL=aclocal-1.9 autoreconf -fvi
-
-Make sure you're using the same version of automake and aclocal.
-
-Setting up the Build
---------------------
-
-To build Google Mock and your tests that use it, you need to tell your
-build system where to find its headers and source files.  The exact
-way to do it depends on which build system you use, and is usually
-straightforward.
-
-### Generic Build Instructions ###
-
-This section shows how you can integrate Google Mock into your
-existing build system.
-
-Suppose you put Google Mock in directory ${GMOCK_DIR} and Google Test
-in ${GTEST_DIR} (the latter is ${GMOCK_DIR}/gtest by default).  To
-build Google Mock, create a library build target (or a project as
-called by Visual Studio and Xcode) to compile
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc and ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
-
-with
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK_DIR}/include
-
-in the system header search path, and
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR} and ${GMOCK_DIR}
-
-in the normal header search path.  Assuming a Linux-like system and gcc,
-something like the following will do:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
-      -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
-      -pthread -c ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
-      -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
-      -pthread -c ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
-  ar -rv libgmock.a gtest-all.o gmock-all.o
-
-(We need -pthread as Google Test and Google Mock use threads.)
-
-Next, you should compile your test source file with
-${GTEST_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK_DIR}/include in the header search
-path, and link it with gmock and any other necessary libraries:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include \
-      -pthread path/to/your_test.cc libgmock.a -o your_test
-
-As an example, the make/ directory contains a Makefile that you can
-use to build Google Mock on systems where GNU make is available
-(e.g. Linux, Mac OS X, and Cygwin).  It doesn't try to build Google
-Mock's own tests.  Instead, it just builds the Google Mock library and
-a sample test.  You can use it as a starting point for your own build
-script.
-
-If the default settings are correct for your environment, the
-following commands should succeed:
-
-  cd ${GMOCK_DIR}/make
-  make
-  ./gmock_test
-
-If you see errors, try to tweak the contents of make/Makefile to make
-them go away.  There are instructions in make/Makefile on how to do
-it.
-
-### Windows ###
-
-The msvc/2005 directory contains VC++ 2005 projects and the msvc/2010
-directory contains VC++ 2010 projects for building Google Mock and
-selected tests.
-
-Change to the appropriate directory and run "msbuild gmock.sln" to
-build the library and tests (or open the gmock.sln in the MSVC IDE).
-If you want to create your own project to use with Google Mock, you'll
-have to configure it to use the gmock_config propety sheet.  For that:
-
- * Open the Property Manager window (View | Other Windows | Property Manager)
- * Right-click on your project and select "Add Existing Property Sheet..."
- * Navigate to gmock_config.vsprops or gmock_config.props and select it.
- * In Project Properties | Configuration Properties | General | Additional
-   Include Directories, type <path to Google Mock>/include.
-
-Tweaking Google Mock
---------------------
-
-Google Mock can be used in diverse environments.  The default
-configuration may not work (or may not work well) out of the box in
-some environments.  However, you can easily tweak Google Mock by
-defining control macros on the compiler command line.  Generally,
-these macros are named like GTEST_XYZ and you define them to either 1
-or 0 to enable or disable a certain feature.
-
-We list the most frequently used macros below.  For a complete list,
-see file ${GTEST_DIR}/include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h.
-
-### Choosing a TR1 Tuple Library ###
-
-Google Mock uses the C++ Technical Report 1 (TR1) tuple library
-heavily.  Unfortunately TR1 tuple is not yet widely available with all
-compilers.  The good news is that Google Test 1.4.0+ implements a
-subset of TR1 tuple that's enough for Google Mock's need.  Google Mock
-will automatically use that implementation when the compiler doesn't
-provide TR1 tuple.
-
-Usually you don't need to care about which tuple library Google Test
-and Google Mock use.  However, if your project already uses TR1 tuple,
-you need to tell Google Test and Google Mock to use the same TR1 tuple
-library the rest of your project uses, or the two tuple
-implementations will clash.  To do that, add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=0
-
-to the compiler flags while compiling Google Test, Google Mock, and
-your tests.  If you want to force Google Test and Google Mock to use
-their own tuple library, just add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=1
-
-to the compiler flags instead.
-
-If you want to use Boost's TR1 tuple library with Google Mock, please
-refer to the Boost website (http://www.boost.org/) for how to obtain
-it and set it up.
-
-### As a Shared Library (DLL) ###
-
-Google Mock is compact, so most users can build and link it as a static
-library for the simplicity.  Google Mock can be used as a DLL, but the
-same DLL must contain Google Test as well.  See Google Test's README
-file for instructions on how to set up necessary compiler settings.
-
-### Tweaking Google Mock ###
-
-Most of Google Test's control macros apply to Google Mock as well.
-Please see file ${GTEST_DIR}/README for how to tweak them.
-
-Upgrading from an Earlier Version
----------------------------------
-
-We strive to keep Google Mock releases backward compatible.
-Sometimes, though, we have to make some breaking changes for the
-users' long-term benefits.  This section describes what you'll need to
-do if you are upgrading from an earlier version of Google Mock.
-
-### Upgrading from 1.1.0 or Earlier ###
-
-You may need to explicitly enable or disable Google Test's own TR1
-tuple library.  See the instructions in section "Choosing a TR1 Tuple
-Library".
-
-### Upgrading from 1.4.0 or Earlier ###
-
-On platforms where the pthread library is available, Google Test and
-Google Mock use it in order to be thread-safe.  For this to work, you
-may need to tweak your compiler and/or linker flags.  Please see the
-"Multi-threaded Tests" section in file ${GTEST_DIR}/README for what
-you may need to do.
-
-If you have custom matchers defined using MatcherInterface or
-MakePolymorphicMatcher(), you'll need to update their definitions to
-use the new matcher API [2].  Matchers defined using MATCHER() or
-MATCHER_P*() aren't affected.
-
-  [2] http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Monomorphic_Matchers,
-      http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Polymorphic_Matchers
-
-Developing Google Mock
-----------------------
-
-This section discusses how to make your own changes to Google Mock.
-
-### Testing Google Mock Itself ###
-
-To make sure your changes work as intended and don't break existing
-functionality, you'll want to compile and run Google Test's own tests.
-For that you'll need Autotools.  First, make sure you have followed
-the instructions in section "SVN Checkout" to configure Google Mock.
-Then, create a build output directory and enter it.  Next,
-
-  ${GMOCK_DIR}/configure  # Standard GNU configure script, --help for more info
-
-Once you have successfully configured Google Mock, the build steps are
-standard for GNU-style OSS packages.
-
-  make        # Standard makefile following GNU conventions
-  make check  # Builds and runs all tests - all should pass.
-
-Note that when building your project against Google Mock, you are building
-against Google Test as well.  There is no need to configure Google Test
-separately.
-
-### Regenerating Source Files ###
-
-Some of Google Mock's source files are generated from templates (not
-in the C++ sense) using a script.  A template file is named FOO.pump,
-where FOO is the name of the file it will generate.  For example, the
-file include/gmock/gmock-generated-actions.h.pump is used to generate
-gmock-generated-actions.h in the same directory.
-
-Normally you don't need to worry about regenerating the source files,
-unless you need to modify them.  In that case, you should modify the
-corresponding .pump files instead and run the 'pump' script (for Pump
-is Useful for Meta Programming) to regenerate them.  You can find
-pump.py in the ${GTEST_DIR}/scripts/ directory.  Read the Pump manual
-[3] for how to use it.
-
-  [3] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/wiki/PumpManual.
-
-### Contributing a Patch ###
-
-We welcome patches.  Please read the Google Mock developer's guide [4]
-for how you can contribute.  In particular, make sure you have signed
-the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
-patch.
-
-  [4] http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/DevGuide
-
-Happy testing!

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/config.h.in

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* build-aux/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */
-#undef HAVE_PTHREAD
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
-   */
-#undef LT_OBJDIR
-
-/* Name of package */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the home page for this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_URL
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
-   your system. */
-#undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Version number of package */
-#undef VERSION

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/depcomp

@@ -1,688 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2011-12-04.11; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010,
-# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
-if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
-   # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvisualcpp
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
-   # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvc7
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
-## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
-      | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> "$depfile"
-    echo >> "$depfile"
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-    sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-icc)
-  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
-  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
-  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  # which is wrong.  We want:
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  #    sub/foo.c:
-  #    sub/foo.h:
-  # ICC 7.1 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${
-	       s/^ *//
-	       s/ \\*$//
-	       s/$/:/
-	       p
-	     }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
-      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
-      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
-      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
-      #
-      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
-      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
-      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-   do
-     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-   done
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-msvc7)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
-  else
-    showIncludes=-showIncludes
-  fi
-  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
-  if test "$stat" = 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
-  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
-  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
-  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
-  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
-/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
-  s//\1/
-  s/\\/\\\\/g
-  p
-}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
-s/ /\\ /g
-s/\(.*\)/	\1 \\/p
-s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
-H
-$ {
-  s/.*/	/
-  G
-  p
-}' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvc7msys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no eat=no
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    if test $eat = yes; then
-      eat=no
-      continue
-    fi
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -arch)
-      eat=yes ;;
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
-  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
-  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvcmsys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/install-sh

@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	# Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-	case $dst_arg in
-	  -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-    # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-    case $dst_arg in
-      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-    esac
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
-  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
-  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
-  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
-  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-  case $src in
-    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-    dst=$dst_arg
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test X"$d" = X && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/build-aux/missing

@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-
-scriptversion=2012-01-06.13; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
-  configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
-  configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-msg="missing on your system"
-
-case $1 in
---run)
-  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
-  run=
-  shift
-  "$@" && exit 0
-  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
-  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
-  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
-  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
-  # if --run hadn't been passed.
-  if test $? = 63; then
-    run=:
-    msg="probably too old"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
-    echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help      display this help and exit
-  -v, --version   output version information and exit
-  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
-  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
-  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
-  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
-  autom4te     touch the output file, or create a stub one
-  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
-  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  help2man     touch the output file
-  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  makeinfo     touch the output file
-  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-
-Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and
-\`g' are ignored when checking the name.
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -*)
-    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
-    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-esac
-
-# normalize program name to check for.
-program=`echo "$1" | sed '
-  s/^gnu-//; t
-  s/^gnu//; t
-  s/^g//; t'`
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program).  This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not
-# $program.
-case $1 in
-  lex*|yacc*)
-    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
-       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
-       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case $program in
-  aclocal*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
-         any GNU archive site."
-    touch aclocal.m4
-    ;;
-
-  autoconf*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
-         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
-         archive site."
-    touch configure
-    ;;
-
-  autoheader*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
-         from any GNU archive site."
-    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
-    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
-    touch_files=
-    for f in $files; do
-      case $f in
-      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
-				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
-      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
-      esac
-    done
-    touch $touch_files
-    ;;
-
-  automake*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
-         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
-         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
-    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
-	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
-	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
-    ;;
-
-  autom4te*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.
-         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
-         archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo "#! /bin/sh"
-	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
-	echo "#  $ $@"
-	echo "exit 0"
-	chmod +x $file
-	exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  bison*|yacc*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.y)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
-	    fi
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
-	echo >y.tab.h
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  lex*|flex*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f lex.yy.c
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.l)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  help2man*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
-	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
-	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
-	exit $?
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  makeinfo*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
-         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
-         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
-         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
-         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
-    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
-      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
-      file=`sed -n '
-	/^@setfilename/{
-	  s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
-	  p
-	  q
-	}' $infile`
-      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
-      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
-    fi
-    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
-    # let's fail without touching anything.
-    test -f $file || exit 1
-    touch $file
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
-         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
-         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
-         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/README

@@ -1,435 +0,0 @@
-Google C++ Testing Framework
-============================
-
-http://code.google.com/p/googletest/
-
-Overview
---------
-
-Google's framework for writing C++ tests on a variety of platforms
-(Linux, Mac OS X, Windows, Windows CE, Symbian, etc).  Based on the
-xUnit architecture.  Supports automatic test discovery, a rich set of
-assertions, user-defined assertions, death tests, fatal and non-fatal
-failures, various options for running the tests, and XML test report
-generation.
-
-Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
-mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
-also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
-join us!
-
-Requirements for End Users
---------------------------
-
-Google Test is designed to have fairly minimal requirements to build
-and use with your projects, but there are some.  Currently, we support
-Linux, Windows, Mac OS X, and Cygwin.  We will also make our best
-effort to support other platforms (e.g. Solaris, AIX, and z/OS).
-However, since core members of the Google Test project have no access
-to these platforms, Google Test may have outstanding issues there.  If
-you notice any problems on your platform, please notify
-googletestframework@googlegroups.com.  Patches for fixing them are
-even more welcome!
-
-### Linux Requirements ###
-
-These are the base requirements to build and use Google Test from a source
-package (as described below):
-  * GNU-compatible Make or gmake
-  * POSIX-standard shell
-  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
-  * A C++98-standard-compliant compiler
-
-### Windows Requirements ###
-
-  * Microsoft Visual C++ 7.1 or newer
-
-### Cygwin Requirements ###
-
-  * Cygwin 1.5.25-14 or newer
-
-### Mac OS X Requirements ###
-
-  * Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger or newer
-  * Developer Tools Installed
-
-Also, you'll need CMake 2.6.4 or higher if you want to build the
-samples using the provided CMake script, regardless of the platform.
-
-Requirements for Contributors
------------------------------
-
-We welcome patches.  If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
-build Google Test and its own tests from an SVN checkout (described
-below), which has further requirements:
-
-  * Python version 2.3 or newer (for running some of the tests and
-    re-generating certain source files from templates)
-  * CMake 2.6.4 or newer
-
-Getting the Source
-------------------
-
-There are two primary ways of getting Google Test's source code: you
-can download a stable source release in your preferred archive format,
-or directly check out the source from our Subversion (SVN) repositary.
-The SVN checkout requires a few extra steps and some extra software
-packages on your system, but lets you track the latest development and
-make patches much more easily, so we highly encourage it.
-
-### Source Package ###
-
-Google Test is released in versioned source packages which can be
-downloaded from the download page [1].  Several different archive
-formats are provided, but the only difference is the tools used to
-manipulate them, and the size of the resulting file.  Download
-whichever you are most comfortable with.
-
-  [1] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/downloads/list
-
-Once the package is downloaded, expand it using whichever tools you
-prefer for that type.  This will result in a new directory with the
-name "gtest-X.Y.Z" which contains all of the source code.  Here are
-some examples on Linux:
-
-  tar -xvzf gtest-X.Y.Z.tar.gz
-  tar -xvjf gtest-X.Y.Z.tar.bz2
-  unzip gtest-X.Y.Z.zip
-
-### SVN Checkout ###
-
-To check out the main branch (also known as the "trunk") of Google
-Test, run the following Subversion command:
-
-  svn checkout http://googletest.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/ gtest-svn
-
-Setting up the Build
---------------------
-
-To build Google Test and your tests that use it, you need to tell your
-build system where to find its headers and source files.  The exact
-way to do it depends on which build system you use, and is usually
-straightforward.
-
-### Generic Build Instructions ###
-
-Suppose you put Google Test in directory ${GTEST_DIR}.  To build it,
-create a library build target (or a project as called by Visual Studio
-and Xcode) to compile
-
-  ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
-
-with ${GTEST_DIR}/include in the system header search path and ${GTEST_DIR}
-in the normal header search path.  Assuming a Linux-like system and gcc,
-something like the following will do:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
-      -pthread -c ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
-  ar -rv libgtest.a gtest-all.o
-
-(We need -pthread as Google Test uses threads.)
-
-Next, you should compile your test source file with
-${GTEST_DIR}/include in the system header search path, and link it
-with gtest and any other necessary libraries:
-
-  g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -pthread path/to/your_test.cc libgtest.a \
-      -o your_test
-
-As an example, the make/ directory contains a Makefile that you can
-use to build Google Test on systems where GNU make is available
-(e.g. Linux, Mac OS X, and Cygwin).  It doesn't try to build Google
-Test's own tests.  Instead, it just builds the Google Test library and
-a sample test.  You can use it as a starting point for your own build
-script.
-
-If the default settings are correct for your environment, the
-following commands should succeed:
-
-  cd ${GTEST_DIR}/make
-  make
-  ./sample1_unittest
-
-If you see errors, try to tweak the contents of make/Makefile to make
-them go away.  There are instructions in make/Makefile on how to do
-it.
-
-### Using CMake ###
-
-Google Test comes with a CMake build script (CMakeLists.txt) that can
-be used on a wide range of platforms ("C" stands for cross-platofrm.).
-If you don't have CMake installed already, you can download it for
-free from http://www.cmake.org/.
-
-CMake works by generating native makefiles or build projects that can
-be used in the compiler environment of your choice.  The typical
-workflow starts with:
-
-  mkdir mybuild       # Create a directory to hold the build output.
-  cd mybuild
-  cmake ${GTEST_DIR}  # Generate native build scripts.
-
-If you want to build Google Test's samples, you should replace the
-last command with
-
-  cmake -Dgtest_build_samples=ON ${GTEST_DIR}
-
-If you are on a *nix system, you should now see a Makefile in the
-current directory.  Just type 'make' to build gtest.
-
-If you use Windows and have Vistual Studio installed, a gtest.sln file
-and several .vcproj files will be created.  You can then build them
-using Visual Studio.
-
-On Mac OS X with Xcode installed, a .xcodeproj file will be generated.
-
-### Legacy Build Scripts ###
-
-Before settling on CMake, we have been providing hand-maintained build
-projects/scripts for Visual Studio, Xcode, and Autotools.  While we
-continue to provide them for convenience, they are not actively
-maintained any more.  We highly recommend that you follow the
-instructions in the previous two sections to integrate Google Test
-with your existing build system.
-
-If you still need to use the legacy build scripts, here's how:
-
-The msvc\ folder contains two solutions with Visual C++ projects.
-Open the gtest.sln or gtest-md.sln file using Visual Studio, and you
-are ready to build Google Test the same way you build any Visual
-Studio project.  Files that have names ending with -md use DLL
-versions of Microsoft runtime libraries (the /MD or the /MDd compiler
-option).  Files without that suffix use static versions of the runtime
-libraries (the /MT or the /MTd option).  Please note that one must use
-the same option to compile both gtest and the test code.  If you use
-Visual Studio 2005 or above, we recommend the -md version as /MD is
-the default for new projects in these versions of Visual Studio.
-
-On Mac OS X, open the gtest.xcodeproj in the xcode/ folder using
-Xcode.  Build the "gtest" target.  The universal binary framework will
-end up in your selected build directory (selected in the Xcode
-"Preferences..." -> "Building" pane and defaults to xcode/build).
-Alternatively, at the command line, enter:
-
-  xcodebuild
-
-This will build the "Release" configuration of gtest.framework in your
-default build location.  See the "xcodebuild" man page for more
-information about building different configurations and building in
-different locations.
-
-If you wish to use the Google Test Xcode project with Xcode 4.x and
-above, you need to either:
- * update the SDK configuration options in xcode/Config/General.xconfig.
-   Comment options SDKROOT, MACOS_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET, and GCC_VERSION. If
-   you choose this route you lose the ability to target earlier versions
-   of MacOS X.
- * Install an SDK for an earlier version. This doesn't appear to be
-   supported by Apple, but has been reported to work
-   (http://stackoverflow.com/questions/5378518).
-
-Tweaking Google Test
---------------------
-
-Google Test can be used in diverse environments.  The default
-configuration may not work (or may not work well) out of the box in
-some environments.  However, you can easily tweak Google Test by
-defining control macros on the compiler command line.  Generally,
-these macros are named like GTEST_XYZ and you define them to either 1
-or 0 to enable or disable a certain feature.
-
-We list the most frequently used macros below.  For a complete list,
-see file include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h.
-
-### Choosing a TR1 Tuple Library ###
-
-Some Google Test features require the C++ Technical Report 1 (TR1)
-tuple library, which is not yet available with all compilers.  The
-good news is that Google Test implements a subset of TR1 tuple that's
-enough for its own need, and will automatically use this when the
-compiler doesn't provide TR1 tuple.
-
-Usually you don't need to care about which tuple library Google Test
-uses.  However, if your project already uses TR1 tuple, you need to
-tell Google Test to use the same TR1 tuple library the rest of your
-project uses, or the two tuple implementations will clash.  To do
-that, add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=0
-
-to the compiler flags while compiling Google Test and your tests.  If
-you want to force Google Test to use its own tuple library, just add
-
-  -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=1
-
-to the compiler flags instead.
-
-If you don't want Google Test to use tuple at all, add
-
-  -DGTEST_HAS_TR1_TUPLE=0
-
-and all features using tuple will be disabled.
-
-### Multi-threaded Tests ###
-
-Google Test is thread-safe where the pthread library is available.
-After #include "gtest/gtest.h", you can check the GTEST_IS_THREADSAFE
-macro to see whether this is the case (yes if the macro is #defined to
-1, no if it's undefined.).
-
-If Google Test doesn't correctly detect whether pthread is available
-in your environment, you can force it with
-
-  -DGTEST_HAS_PTHREAD=1
-
-or
-
-  -DGTEST_HAS_PTHREAD=0
-
-When Google Test uses pthread, you may need to add flags to your
-compiler and/or linker to select the pthread library, or you'll get
-link errors.  If you use the CMake script or the deprecated Autotools
-script, this is taken care of for you.  If you use your own build
-script, you'll need to read your compiler and linker's manual to
-figure out what flags to add.
-
-### As a Shared Library (DLL) ###
-
-Google Test is compact, so most users can build and link it as a
-static library for the simplicity.  You can choose to use Google Test
-as a shared library (known as a DLL on Windows) if you prefer.
-
-To compile *gtest* as a shared library, add
-
-  -DGTEST_CREATE_SHARED_LIBRARY=1
-
-to the compiler flags.  You'll also need to tell the linker to produce
-a shared library instead - consult your linker's manual for how to do
-it.
-
-To compile your *tests* that use the gtest shared library, add
-
-  -DGTEST_LINKED_AS_SHARED_LIBRARY=1
-
-to the compiler flags.
-
-Note: while the above steps aren't technically necessary today when
-using some compilers (e.g. GCC), they may become necessary in the
-future, if we decide to improve the speed of loading the library (see
-http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility for details).  Therefore you are
-recommended to always add the above flags when using Google Test as a
-shared library.  Otherwise a future release of Google Test may break
-your build script.
-
-### Avoiding Macro Name Clashes ###
-
-In C++, macros don't obey namespaces.  Therefore two libraries that
-both define a macro of the same name will clash if you #include both
-definitions.  In case a Google Test macro clashes with another
-library, you can force Google Test to rename its macro to avoid the
-conflict.
-
-Specifically, if both Google Test and some other code define macro
-FOO, you can add
-
-  -DGTEST_DONT_DEFINE_FOO=1
-
-to the compiler flags to tell Google Test to change the macro's name
-from FOO to GTEST_FOO.  Currently FOO can be FAIL, SUCCEED, or TEST.
-For example, with -DGTEST_DONT_DEFINE_TEST=1, you'll need to write
-
-  GTEST_TEST(SomeTest, DoesThis) { ... }
-
-instead of
-
-  TEST(SomeTest, DoesThis) { ... }
-
-in order to define a test.
-
-Upgrating from an Earlier Version
----------------------------------
-
-We strive to keep Google Test releases backward compatible.
-Sometimes, though, we have to make some breaking changes for the
-users' long-term benefits.  This section describes what you'll need to
-do if you are upgrading from an earlier version of Google Test.
-
-### Upgrading from 1.3.0 or Earlier ###
-
-You may need to explicitly enable or disable Google Test's own TR1
-tuple library.  See the instructions in section "Choosing a TR1 Tuple
-Library".
-
-### Upgrading from 1.4.0 or Earlier ###
-
-The Autotools build script (configure + make) is no longer officially
-supportted.  You are encouraged to migrate to your own build system or
-use CMake.  If you still need to use Autotools, you can find
-instructions in the README file from Google Test 1.4.0.
-
-On platforms where the pthread library is available, Google Test uses
-it in order to be thread-safe.  See the "Multi-threaded Tests" section
-for what this means to your build script.
-
-If you use Microsoft Visual C++ 7.1 with exceptions disabled, Google
-Test will no longer compile.  This should affect very few people, as a
-large portion of STL (including <string>) doesn't compile in this mode
-anyway.  We decided to stop supporting it in order to greatly simplify
-Google Test's implementation.
-
-Developing Google Test
-----------------------
-
-This section discusses how to make your own changes to Google Test.
-
-### Testing Google Test Itself ###
-
-To make sure your changes work as intended and don't break existing
-functionality, you'll want to compile and run Google Test's own tests.
-For that you can use CMake:
-
-  mkdir mybuild
-  cd mybuild
-  cmake -Dgtest_build_tests=ON ${GTEST_DIR}
-
-Make sure you have Python installed, as some of Google Test's tests
-are written in Python.  If the cmake command complains about not being
-able to find Python ("Could NOT find PythonInterp (missing:
-PYTHON_EXECUTABLE)"), try telling it explicitly where your Python
-executable can be found:
-
-  cmake -DPYTHON_EXECUTABLE=path/to/python -Dgtest_build_tests=ON ${GTEST_DIR}
-
-Next, you can build Google Test and all of its own tests.  On *nix,
-this is usually done by 'make'.  To run the tests, do
-
-  make test
-
-All tests should pass.
-
-### Regenerating Source Files ###
-
-Some of Google Test's source files are generated from templates (not
-in the C++ sense) using a script.  A template file is named FOO.pump,
-where FOO is the name of the file it will generate.  For example, the
-file include/gtest/internal/gtest-type-util.h.pump is used to generate
-gtest-type-util.h in the same directory.
-
-Normally you don't need to worry about regenerating the source files,
-unless you need to modify them.  In that case, you should modify the
-corresponding .pump files instead and run the pump.py Python script to
-regenerate them.  You can find pump.py in the scripts/ directory.
-Read the Pump manual [2] for how to use it.
-
-  [2] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/wiki/PumpManual
-
-### Contributing a Patch ###
-
-We welcome patches.  Please read the Google Test developer's guide [3]
-for how you can contribute.  In particular, make sure you have signed
-the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
-patch.
-
-  [3] http://code.google.com/p/googletest/wiki/GoogleTestDevGuide
-
-Happy testing!

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/config.h.in

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* build-aux/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */
-#undef HAVE_PTHREAD
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
-   */
-#undef LT_OBJDIR
-
-/* Name of package */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the home page for this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_URL
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
-   your system. */
-#undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Version number of package */
-#undef VERSION

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/depcomp

@@ -1,688 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2011-12-04.11; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009, 2010,
-# 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
-if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
-   # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvisualcpp
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
-   # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
-   depmode=msvc7
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
-## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
-      | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> "$depfile"
-    echo >> "$depfile"
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-    sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-icc)
-  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
-  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
-  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  # which is wrong.  We want:
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  #    sub/foo.c:
-  #    sub/foo.h:
-  # ICC 7.1 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${
-	       s/^ *//
-	       s/ \\*$//
-	       s/$/:/
-	       p
-	     }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
-      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
-      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
-      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
-      #
-      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
-      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
-      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-   do
-     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-   done
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-msvc7)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
-  else
-    showIncludes=-showIncludes
-  fi
-  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
-  if test "$stat" = 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
-  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
-  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
-  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
-  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
-/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
-  s//\1/
-  s/\\/\\\\/g
-  p
-}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
-s/ /\\ /g
-s/\(.*\)/	\1 \\/p
-s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
-H
-$ {
-  s/.*/	/
-  G
-  p
-}' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvc7msys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no eat=no
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    if test $eat = yes; then
-      eat=no
-      continue
-    fi
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -arch)
-      eat=yes ;;
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
-  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
-  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvcmsys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/install-sh

@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2011-01-19.21; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	# Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-	case $dst_arg in
-	  -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-    # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-    case $dst_arg in
-      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
-    esac
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
-  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
-  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
-  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
-  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names problematic for `test' and other utilities.
-  case $src in
-    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-    dst=$dst_arg
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test X"$d" = X && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/build-aux/missing

@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-
-scriptversion=2012-01-06.13; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-# 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
-  configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
-  configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-msg="missing on your system"
-
-case $1 in
---run)
-  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
-  run=
-  shift
-  "$@" && exit 0
-  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
-  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
-  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
-  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
-  # if --run hadn't been passed.
-  if test $? = 63; then
-    run=:
-    msg="probably too old"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
-    echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help      display this help and exit
-  -v, --version   output version information and exit
-  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
-  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
-  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
-  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
-  autom4te     touch the output file, or create a stub one
-  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
-  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  help2man     touch the output file
-  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  makeinfo     touch the output file
-  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-
-Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and
-\`g' are ignored when checking the name.
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -*)
-    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
-    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-esac
-
-# normalize program name to check for.
-program=`echo "$1" | sed '
-  s/^gnu-//; t
-  s/^gnu//; t
-  s/^g//; t'`
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program).  This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not
-# $program.
-case $1 in
-  lex*|yacc*)
-    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
-       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
-       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case $program in
-  aclocal*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
-         any GNU archive site."
-    touch aclocal.m4
-    ;;
-
-  autoconf*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
-         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
-         archive site."
-    touch configure
-    ;;
-
-  autoheader*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
-         from any GNU archive site."
-    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
-    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
-    touch_files=
-    for f in $files; do
-      case $f in
-      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
-				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
-      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
-      esac
-    done
-    touch $touch_files
-    ;;
-
-  automake*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
-         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
-         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
-    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
-	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
-	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
-    ;;
-
-  autom4te*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.
-         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
-         archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo "#! /bin/sh"
-	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
-	echo "#  $ $@"
-	echo "exit 0"
-	chmod +x $file
-	exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  bison*|yacc*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.y)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
-	    fi
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
-	echo >y.tab.h
-    fi
-    if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  lex*|flex*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f lex.yy.c
-    if test $# -ne 1; then
-        eval LASTARG=\${$#}
-	case $LASTARG in
-	*.l)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
-	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  help2man*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
-	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
-	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
-	exit $?
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  makeinfo*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
-         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
-         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
-         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
-         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
-    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
-      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
-      file=`sed -n '
-	/^@setfilename/{
-	  s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
-	  p
-	  q
-	}' $infile`
-      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
-      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
-    fi
-    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
-    # let's fail without touching anything.
-    test -f $file || exit 1
-    touch $file
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
-         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
-         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
-         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/ltoptions.m4

@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-# Helper functions for option handling.                    -*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
-#   Inc.
-#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 7 ltoptions.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOPTIONS_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ------------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_OPTION],
-[[_LT_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# ---------------------------------------
-# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
-# matching handler defined, dispatch to it.  Other OPTION-NAMEs are
-# saved as a flag.
-m4_define([_LT_SET_OPTION],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]))dnl
-m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-        _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]),
-    [m4_warning([Unknown $1 option `$2'])])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
-# ------------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
-m4_define([_LT_IF_OPTION],
-[m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], [$2]), [$3], [$4])])
-
-
-# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
-# are set.
-m4_define([_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS],
-[m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-	    [m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option),
-		      [m4_define([$0_found])])])[]dnl
-m4_ifdef([$0_found], [m4_undefine([$0_found])], [$3
-])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
-# ----------------------------------------
-# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
-# with MACRO-NAME.  If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
-# the unknown option and exit.
-m4_defun([_LT_SET_OPTIONS],
-[# Set options
-m4_foreach([_LT_Option], m4_split(m4_normalize([$2])),
-    [_LT_SET_OPTION([$1], _LT_Option)])
-
-m4_if([$1],[LT_INIT],[
-  dnl
-  dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
-  dnl specified:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=no
-  ])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [win32-dll], [enable_win32_dll=no
-  ])
-  dnl
-  dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
-  dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair.  For example, if neither
-  dnl `shared' nor `disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
-  dnl archives by default:
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [shared disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [static disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [pic-only no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC])
-  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS([LT_INIT], [fast-install disable-fast-install],
-  		   [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])
-  ])
-])# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
-
-
-## --------------------------------- ##
-## Macros to handle LT_INIT options. ##
-## --------------------------------- ##
-
-# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
-# -----------------------------------------
-m4_define([_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN],
-[[_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_]m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper([$1__$2]), [[^A-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-
-# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
-# -----------------------------------------------
-m4_define([LT_OPTION_DEFINE],
-[m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN([$1], [$2]), [$3])[]dnl
-])# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
-
-
-# dlopen
-# ------
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [dlopen], [enable_dlopen=yes
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [dlopen])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN], [])
-
-
-# win32-dll
-# ---------
-# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [win32-dll],
-[enable_win32_dll=yes
-
-case $host in
-*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
-  ;;
-esac
-
-test -z "$AS" && AS=as
-_LT_DECL([], [AS],      [1], [Assembler program])dnl
-
-test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
-_LT_DECL([], [DLLTOOL], [1], [DLL creation program])dnl
-
-test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
-_LT_DECL([], [OBJDUMP], [1], [Object dumper program])dnl
-])# win32-dll
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [win32-dll])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the `shared' and
-# `disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([shared],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build shared libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-    no) enable_shared=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_shared=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_shared=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_shared=]_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_libtool_libs], [enable_shared], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build shared libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-shared], [_LT_ENABLE_SHARED([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[shared])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_SHARED],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-shared])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [AC_ENABLE_SHARED($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [AC_DISABLE_SHARED($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_SHARED], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_SHARED], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------
-# implement the --enable-static flag, and support the `static' and
-# `disable-static' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([static],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-static@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[build static libraries @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-    no) enable_static=no ;;
-    *)
-     enable_static=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_static=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_static=]_LT_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)
-
-    _LT_DECL([build_old_libs], [enable_static], [0],
-	[Whether or not to build static libraries])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_STATIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-static], [_LT_ENABLE_STATIC([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[static])
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_STATIC],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-static])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [AC_ENABLE_STATIC($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [AC_DISABLE_STATIC($@)])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_ENABLE_STATIC], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_STATIC], [])
-
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([DEFAULT])
-# ----------------------------------
-# implement the --enable-fast-install flag, and support the `fast-install'
-# and `disable-fast-install' LT_INIT options.
-# DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `yes'.
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], [m4_if($1, no, no, yes)])dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE([fast-install],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-fast-install@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-    [optimize for fast installation @<:@default=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT[@:>@])],
-    [p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $enableval in
-    yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-    no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-    *)
-      enable_fast_install=no
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for pkg in $enableval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-	  enable_fast_install=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [enable_fast_install=]_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)
-
-_LT_DECL([fast_install], [enable_fast_install], [0],
-	 [Whether or not to optimize for fast installation])dnl
-])# _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install], [_LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL([no])])
-
-# Old names:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], m4_if([$1], [no], [disable-])[fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-AU_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [disable-fast-install])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you put
-the `disable-fast-install' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL], [])
-
-
-# _LT_WITH_PIC([MODE])
-# --------------------
-# implement the --with-pic flag, and support the `pic-only' and `no-pic'
-# LT_INIT options.
-# MODE is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to `both'.
-m4_define([_LT_WITH_PIC],
-[AC_ARG_WITH([pic],
-    [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pic@<:@=PKGS@:>@],
-	[try to use only PIC/non-PIC objects @<:@default=use both@:>@])],
-    [lt_p=${PACKAGE-default}
-    case $withval in
-    yes|no) pic_mode=$withval ;;
-    *)
-      pic_mode=default
-      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-      lt_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_SEPARATOR,"
-      for lt_pkg in $withval; do
-	IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-	if test "X$lt_pkg" = "X$lt_p"; then
-	  pic_mode=yes
-	fi
-      done
-      IFS="$lt_save_ifs"
-      ;;
-    esac],
-    [pic_mode=default])
-
-test -z "$pic_mode" && pic_mode=m4_default([$1], [default])
-
-_LT_DECL([], [pic_mode], [0], [What type of objects to build])dnl
-])# _LT_WITH_PIC
-
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [pic-only], [_LT_WITH_PIC([yes])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LT_INIT], [no-pic], [_LT_WITH_PIC([no])])
-
-# Old name:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE],
-[_LT_SET_OPTION([LT_INIT], [pic-only])
-AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
-[$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
-put the `pic-only' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.])
-])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PICMODE], [])
-
-## ----------------- ##
-## LTDL_INIT Options ##
-## ----------------- ##
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [nonrecursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [nonrecursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [recursive],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [recursive])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [subproject],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], [subproject])])
-
-m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [installable],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [installable])])
-LT_OPTION_DEFINE([LTDL_INIT], [convenience],
-		 [m4_define([_LTDL_TYPE], [convenience])])

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/ltsugar.m4

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer.                         -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6 ltsugar.m4
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTSUGAR_VERSION], [m4_if([0.1])])
-
-
-# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, [ARG2...])
-# -----------------------------
-# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting [] arguments and their
-# associated separator.
-# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
-# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
-m4_define([lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#], [1], [],
-       [$#], [2], [[$2]],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$2]_])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-m4_define([_lt_join],
-[m4_if([$#$2], [2], [],
-       [m4_if([$2], [], [], [[$1$2]])$0([$1], m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))])])
-
-
-# lt_car(LIST)
-# lt_cdr(LIST)
-# ------------
-# Manipulate m4 lists.
-# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
-# Autoconf-2.59 which quotes differently.
-m4_define([lt_car], [[$1]])
-m4_define([lt_cdr],
-[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: cannot be called without arguments])],
-       [$#], 1, [],
-       [m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))])])
-m4_define([lt_unquote], $1)
-
-
-# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, [SEPARATOR])
-# ------------------------------------------
-# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus `SEPARATOR'`STRING'.
-# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
-# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
-# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
-# than defined and empty).
-#
-# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
-# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
-m4_define([lt_append],
-[m4_define([$1],
-	   m4_ifdef([$1], [m4_defn([$1])[$3]])[$2])])
-
-
-
-# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, [SUFFIX2...])
-# ----------------------------------------------------------
-# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
-# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn.  Each element of the list
-# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
-# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62.
-m4_define([lt_combine],
-[m4_if(m4_eval([$# > 3]), [1],
-       [m4_pushdef([_Lt_sep], [m4_define([_Lt_sep], m4_defn([lt_car]))])]]dnl
-[[m4_foreach([_Lt_prefix], [$2],
-	     [m4_foreach([_Lt_suffix],
-		]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))[,
-	[_Lt_sep([$1])[]m4_defn([_Lt_prefix])[$3]m4_defn([_Lt_suffix])])])])])
-
-
-# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, [SEPARATOR], [UNIQ], [NOT-UNIQ])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
-# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
-m4_define([lt_if_append_uniq],
-[m4_ifdef([$1],
-	  [m4_if(m4_index([$3]m4_defn([$1])[$3], [$3$2$3]), [-1],
-		 [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4],
-		 [$5])],
-	  [lt_append([$1], [$2], [$3])$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
-# -----------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add],
-[m4_define([$1($2)], [$3])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
-# --------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_add_subkey],
-[m4_define([$1($2:$3)], [$4])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY])
-# ----------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_fetch],
-[m4_ifval([$3],
-	m4_ifdef([$1($2:$3)], [m4_defn([$1($2:$3)])]),
-    m4_ifdef([$1($2)], [m4_defn([$1($2)])]))])
-
-
-# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, [SUBKEY], VALUE, IF-TRUE, [IF-FALSE])
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_if_dict_fetch],
-[m4_if(lt_dict_fetch([$1], [$2], [$3]), [$4],
-	[$5],
-    [$6])])
-
-
-# lt_dict_filter(DICT, [SUBKEY], VALUE, [SEPARATOR], KEY, [...])
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([lt_dict_filter],
-[m4_if([$5], [], [],
-  [lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default([$4], [[, ]])),
-           lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car([m4_shiftn(4, $@)]),
-		      [lt_if_dict_fetch([$1], _Lt_key, [$2], [$3], [_Lt_key ])])))))])[]dnl
-])

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/ltversion.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# ltversion.m4 -- version numbers			-*- Autoconf -*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# @configure_input@
-
-# serial 3337 ltversion.m4
-# This file is part of GNU Libtool
-
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.4.2])
-m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3337])
-
-AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION],
-[macro_version='2.4.2'
-macro_revision='1.3337'
-_LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?])
-_LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0)
-])

test/gmock-1.7.0/gtest/m4/lt~obsolete.m4

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions.    -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2007, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4
-
-# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
-#
-# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN)
-# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
-# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
-#
-# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick.  It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
-# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
-# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
-# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
-# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
-#
-# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
-# included after everything else.  This provides aclocal with the
-# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
-# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
-# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6. 
-#
-# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
-# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
-# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
-# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
-
-# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
-AC_DEFUN([LTOBSOLETE_VERSION], [m4_if([1])])
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_LTMAIN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGVAR],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGVAR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_PREOPEN])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LOCK],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LOCK])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_OBJDIR])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PATH_MAGIC],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_MAGIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_GNU],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_GNU])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_EGREP])])
-m4_ifndef([LT_AC_PROG_SED],		[AC_DEFUN([LT_AC_PROG_SED])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_CC_BASENAME],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_CC_BASENAME])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE])])
-m4_ifndef([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL],		[AC_DEFUN([_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG],		[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH],	[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_F77],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_F77])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_FC],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_FC])])
-m4_ifndef([_LT_PROG_CXX],		[AC_DEFUN([_LT_PROG_CXX])])

test/gtest-1.8.0/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# Ignore CI build directory
+build/

test/gtest-1.8.0/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# Build matrix / environment variable are explained on:
+# http://about.travis-ci.org/docs/user/build-configuration/
+# This file can be validated on:
+# http://lint.travis-ci.org/
+
+install:
+# /usr/bin/gcc is 4.6 always, but gcc-X.Y is available.
+- if [ "$CXX" = "g++" ]; then export CXX="g++-4.9" CC="gcc-4.9"; fi
+# /usr/bin/clang is 3.4, lets override with modern one.
+- if [ "$CXX" = "clang++" ] && [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ]; then export CXX="clang++-3.7" CC="clang-3.7"; fi
+- echo ${PATH}
+- echo ${CXX}
+- ${CXX} --version
+- ${CXX} -v
+addons:
+  apt:
+    # List of whitelisted in travis packages for ubuntu-precise can be found here:
+    #   https://github.com/travis-ci/apt-package-whitelist/blob/master/ubuntu-precise
+    # List of whitelisted in travis apt-sources:
+    #   https://github.com/travis-ci/apt-source-whitelist/blob/master/ubuntu.json
+    sources:
+    - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
+    - llvm-toolchain-precise-3.7
+    packages:
+    - gcc-4.9
+    - g++-4.9
+    - clang-3.7
+    - valgrind
+os:
+  - linux
+  - osx
+language: cpp
+compiler:
+  - gcc
+  - clang
+script: ./travis.sh
+env:
+  matrix:
+    - GTEST_TARGET=googletest SHARED_LIB=OFF STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=OFF BUILD_TYPE=debug   VERBOSE_MAKE=true VERBOSE
+    - GTEST_TARGET=googlemock SHARED_LIB=OFF STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=OFF BUILD_TYPE=debug   VERBOSE_MAKE=true VERBOSE
+    - GTEST_TARGET=googlemock SHARED_LIB=OFF STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=OFF BUILD_TYPE=debug CXX_FLAGS=-std=c++11  VERBOSE_MAKE=true VERBOSE
+#    - GTEST_TARGET=googletest SHARED_LIB=ON  STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=ON  BUILD_TYPE=release VERBOSE_MAKE=false
+#    - GTEST_TARGET=googlemock SHARED_LIB=ON  STATIC_LIB=ON CMAKE_PKG=ON  BUILD_TYPE=release VERBOSE_MAKE=false
+notifications:
+  email: false
+sudo: false

test/gtest-1.8.0/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6.2)
+
+project( googletest-distribution )
+
+enable_testing()
+
+option(BUILD_GTEST "Builds the googletest subproject" OFF)
+
+#Note that googlemock target already builds googletest
+option(BUILD_GMOCK "Builds the googlemock subproject" ON)
+
+if(BUILD_GMOCK)
+  add_subdirectory( googlemock )
+elseif(BUILD_GTEST)
+  add_subdirectory( googletest )
+endif()

test/gtest-1.8.0/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+
+# Google Test #
+
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/google/googletest.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/google/googletest)
+[![Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/4o38plt0xbo1ubc8/branch/master?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/BillyDonahue/googletest/branch/master)
+
+Welcome to **Google Test**, Google's C++ test framework!
+
+This repository is a merger of the formerly separate GoogleTest and
+GoogleMock projects. These were so closely related that it makes sense to
+maintain and release them together.
+
+Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
+mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
+also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
+join us!
+
+Getting started information for **Google Test** is available in the 
+[Google Test Primer](googletest/docs/Primer.md) documentation.
+
+**Google Mock** is an extension to Google Test for writing and using C++ mock
+classes.  See the separate [Google Mock documentation](googlemock/README.md).
+
+More detailed documentation for googletest (including build instructions) are
+in its interior [googletest/README.md](googletest/README.md) file.
+
+## Features ##
+
+  * An [XUnit](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XUnit) test framework.
+  * Test discovery.
+  * A rich set of assertions.
+  * User-defined assertions.
+  * Death tests.
+  * Fatal and non-fatal failures.
+  * Value-parameterized tests.
+  * Type-parameterized tests.
+  * Various options for running the tests.
+  * XML test report generation.
+
+## Platforms ##
+
+Google test has been used on a variety of platforms:
+
+  * Linux
+  * Mac OS X
+  * Windows
+  * Cygwin
+  * MinGW
+  * Windows Mobile
+  * Symbian
+
+## Who Is Using Google Test? ##
+
+In addition to many internal projects at Google, Google Test is also used by
+the following notable projects:
+
+  * The [Chromium projects](http://www.chromium.org/) (behind the Chrome
+    browser and Chrome OS).
+  * The [LLVM](http://llvm.org/) compiler.
+  * [Protocol Buffers](https://github.com/google/protobuf), Google's data
+    interchange format.
+  * The [OpenCV](http://opencv.org/) computer vision library.
+
+## Related Open Source Projects ##
+
+[Google Test UI](https://github.com/ospector/gtest-gbar) is test runner that runs
+your test binary, allows you to track its progress via a progress bar, and
+displays a list of test failures. Clicking on one shows failure text. Google
+Test UI is written in C#.
+
+[GTest TAP Listener](https://github.com/kinow/gtest-tap-listener) is an event
+listener for Google Test that implements the
+[TAP protocol](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Test_Anything_Protocol) for test
+result output. If your test runner understands TAP, you may find it useful.
+
+## Requirements ##
+
+Google Test is designed to have fairly minimal requirements to build
+and use with your projects, but there are some.  Currently, we support
+Linux, Windows, Mac OS X, and Cygwin.  We will also make our best
+effort to support other platforms (e.g. Solaris, AIX, and z/OS).
+However, since core members of the Google Test project have no access
+to these platforms, Google Test may have outstanding issues there.  If
+you notice any problems on your platform, please notify
+<googletestframework@googlegroups.com>. Patches for fixing them are
+even more welcome!
+
+### Linux Requirements ###
+
+These are the base requirements to build and use Google Test from a source
+package (as described below):
+
+  * GNU-compatible Make or gmake
+  * POSIX-standard shell
+  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
+  * A C++98-standard-compliant compiler
+
+### Windows Requirements ###
+
+  * Microsoft Visual C++ v7.1 or newer
+
+### Cygwin Requirements ###
+
+  * Cygwin v1.5.25-14 or newer
+
+### Mac OS X Requirements ###
+
+  * Mac OS X v10.4 Tiger or newer
+  * Xcode Developer Tools
+
+### Requirements for Contributors ###
+
+We welcome patches.  If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
+build Google Test and its own tests from a git checkout (described
+below), which has further requirements:
+
+  * [Python](https://www.python.org/) v2.3 or newer (for running some of
+    the tests and re-generating certain source files from templates)
+  * [CMake](https://cmake.org/) v2.6.4 or newer
+
+## Regenerating Source Files ##
+
+Some of Google Test's source files are generated from templates (not
+in the C++ sense) using a script.
+For example, the
+file include/gtest/internal/gtest-type-util.h.pump is used to generate
+gtest-type-util.h in the same directory.
+
+You don't need to worry about regenerating the source files
+unless you need to modify them.  You would then modify the
+corresponding `.pump` files and run the '[pump.py](googletest/scripts/pump.py)'
+generator script.  See the [Pump Manual](googletest/docs/PumpManual.md).
+
+### Contributing Code ###
+
+We welcome patches.  Please read the
+[Developer's Guide](googletest/docs/DevGuide.md)
+for how you can contribute. In particular, make sure you have signed
+the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
+patch.
+
+Happy testing!

test/gtest-1.8.0/appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+version: '{build}'
+
+os: Visual Studio 2015
+
+environment:
+  matrix:
+  - Toolset: v140
+  - Toolset: v120
+  - Toolset: v110
+  - Toolset: v100
+
+platform:
+  - Win32
+  - x64
+
+configuration:
+#  - Release
+  - Debug
+
+build:
+  verbosity: minimal
+
+artifacts:
+  - path: '_build/Testing/Temporary/*'
+    name: test_results
+
+before_build:
+- ps: |
+    Write-Output "Configuration: $env:CONFIGURATION"
+    Write-Output "Platform: $env:PLATFORM"
+    $generator = switch ($env:TOOLSET)
+    {
+        "v140" {"Visual Studio 14 2015"}
+        "v120" {"Visual Studio 12 2013"}
+        "v110" {"Visual Studio 11 2012"}
+        "v100" {"Visual Studio 10 2010"}
+    }
+    if ($env:PLATFORM -eq "x64")
+    {
+        $generator = "$generator Win64"
+    }
+
+build_script:
+- ps: |
+    if (($env:TOOLSET -eq "v100") -and ($env:PLATFORM -eq "x64"))
+    {
+        return
+    }
+    md _build -Force | Out-Null
+    cd _build
+
+    & cmake -G "$generator" -DCMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES="Debug;Release" -Dgtest_build_tests=ON -Dgtest_build_samples=ON -Dgmock_build_tests=ON ..
+    if ($LastExitCode -ne 0) {
+        throw "Exec: $ErrorMessage"
+    }
+    & cmake --build . --config $env:CONFIGURATION
+    if ($LastExitCode -ne 0) {
+        throw "Exec: $ErrorMessage"
+    }
+
+test_script:
+- ps: |
+    if (($env:Toolset -eq "v100") -and ($env:PLATFORM -eq "x64"))
+    {
+        return
+    }
+
+    & ctest -C $env:CONFIGURATION --output-on-failure
+    if ($LastExitCode -ne 0) {
+        throw "Exec: $ErrorMessage"
+    }

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ option(gmock_build_tests "Build all of Google Mock's own tests." OFF)
 if (EXISTS "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/gtest/CMakeLists.txt")
   set(gtest_dir gtest)
 else()
-  set(gtest_dir ../gtest)
+  set(gtest_dir ../googletest)
 endif()
 
 # Defines pre_project_set_up_hermetic_build() and set_up_hermetic_build().
@@ -63,6 +63,16 @@ include_directories("${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include"
                     # Test sources.
                     "${gtest_SOURCE_DIR}")
 
+# Summary of tuple support for Microsoft Visual Studio:
+# Compiler    version(MS)  version(cmake)  Support
+# ----------  -----------  --------------  -----------------------------
+# <= VS 2010  <= 10        <= 1600         Use Google Tests's own tuple.
+# VS 2012     11           1700            std::tr1::tuple + _VARIADIC_MAX=10
+# VS 2013     12           1800            std::tr1::tuple
+if (MSVC AND MSVC_VERSION EQUAL 1700)
+  add_definitions(/D _VARIADIC_MAX=10)
+endif()
+
 ########################################################################
 #
 # Defines the gmock & gmock_main libraries.  User tests should link
@@ -82,6 +92,22 @@ cxx_library(gmock_main
             src/gmock-all.cc
             src/gmock_main.cc)
 
+# If the CMake version supports it, attach header directory information
+# to the targets for when we are part of a parent build (ie being pulled
+# in via add_subdirectory() rather than being a standalone build).
+if (DEFINED CMAKE_VERSION AND NOT "${CMAKE_VERSION}" VERSION_LESS "2.8.11")
+  target_include_directories(gmock      INTERFACE "${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include")
+  target_include_directories(gmock_main INTERFACE "${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include")
+endif()
+
+########################################################################
+#
+# Install rules
+install(TARGETS gmock gmock_main
+  DESTINATION lib)
+install(DIRECTORY ${gmock_SOURCE_DIR}/include/gmock
+  DESTINATION include)
+
 ########################################################################
 #
 # Google Mock's own tests.
@@ -134,8 +160,16 @@ if (gmock_build_tests)
   cxx_library(gmock_main_no_rtti "${cxx_no_rtti}"
     "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
 
-  cxx_library(gmock_main_use_own_tuple "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
-    "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
+  if (NOT MSVC OR MSVC_VERSION LESS 1600)  # 1600 is Visual Studio 2010.
+    # Visual Studio 2010, 2012, and 2013 define symbols in std::tr1 that
+    # conflict with our own definitions. Therefore using our own tuple does not
+    # work on those compilers.
+    cxx_library(gmock_main_use_own_tuple "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
+      "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
+
+    cxx_test_with_flags(gmock_use_own_tuple_test "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
+      gmock_main_use_own_tuple test/gmock-spec-builders_test.cc)
+  endif()
 
   cxx_test_with_flags(gmock-more-actions_no_exception_test "${cxx_no_exception}"
     gmock_main_no_exception test/gmock-more-actions_test.cc)
@@ -143,9 +177,6 @@ if (gmock_build_tests)
   cxx_test_with_flags(gmock_no_rtti_test "${cxx_no_rtti}"
     gmock_main_no_rtti test/gmock-spec-builders_test.cc)
 
-  cxx_test_with_flags(gmock_use_own_tuple_test "${cxx_use_own_tuple}"
-    gmock_main_use_own_tuple test/gmock-spec-builders_test.cc)
-
   cxx_shared_library(shared_gmock_main "${cxx_default}"
     "${gtest_dir}/src/gtest-all.cc" src/gmock-all.cc src/gmock_main.cc)
 

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/Makefile.am

@@ -42,7 +42,10 @@ pkginclude_internaldir = $(pkgincludedir)/internal
 pkginclude_internal_HEADERS = \
   include/gmock/internal/gmock-generated-internal-utils.h \
   include/gmock/internal/gmock-internal-utils.h \
-  include/gmock/internal/gmock-port.h
+  include/gmock/internal/gmock-port.h \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-generated-actions.h \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-matchers.h \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-port.h
 
 lib_libgmock_main_la_SOURCES = src/gmock_main.cc
 lib_libgmock_main_la_LIBADD = lib/libgmock.la
@@ -136,7 +139,8 @@ EXTRA_DIST += \
   include/gmock/gmock-generated-function-mockers.h.pump \
   include/gmock/gmock-generated-matchers.h.pump \
   include/gmock/gmock-generated-nice-strict.h.pump \
-  include/gmock/internal/gmock-generated-internal-utils.h.pump
+  include/gmock/internal/gmock-generated-internal-utils.h.pump \
+  include/gmock/internal/custom/gmock-generated-actions.h.pump
 
 # Script for fusing Google Mock and Google Test source files.
 EXTRA_DIST += scripts/fuse_gmock_files.py
@@ -154,6 +158,10 @@ EXTRA_DIST += \
   scripts/generator/cpp/utils.py \
   scripts/generator/gmock_gen.py
 
+# Script for diagnosing compiler errors in programs that use Google
+# Mock.
+EXTRA_DIST += scripts/gmock_doctor.py
+
 # CMake scripts.
 EXTRA_DIST += \
   CMakeLists.txt

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+## Google Mock ##
+
+The Google C++ mocking framework.
+
+### Overview ###
+
+Google's framework for writing and using C++ mock classes.
+It can help you derive better designs of your system and write better tests.
+
+It is inspired by:
+
+  * [jMock](http://www.jmock.org/),
+  * [EasyMock](http://www.easymock.org/), and
+  * [Hamcrest](http://code.google.com/p/hamcrest/),
+
+and designed with C++'s specifics in mind.
+
+Google mock:
+
+  * lets you create mock classes trivially using simple macros.
+  * supports a rich set of matchers and actions.
+  * handles unordered, partially ordered, or completely ordered expectations.
+  * is extensible by users.
+
+We hope you find it useful!
+
+### Features ###
+
+  * Provides a declarative syntax for defining mocks.
+  * Can easily define partial (hybrid) mocks, which are a cross of real
+    and mock objects.
+  * Handles functions of arbitrary types and overloaded functions.
+  * Comes with a rich set of matchers for validating function arguments.
+  * Uses an intuitive syntax for controlling the behavior of a mock.
+  * Does automatic verification of expectations (no record-and-replay needed).
+  * Allows arbitrary (partial) ordering constraints on
+    function calls to be expressed,.
+  * Lets a user extend it by defining new matchers and actions.
+  * Does not use exceptions.
+  * Is easy to learn and use.
+
+Please see the project page above for more information as well as the
+mailing list for questions, discussions, and development.  There is
+also an IRC channel on OFTC (irc.oftc.net) #gtest available.  Please
+join us!
+
+Please note that code under [scripts/generator](scripts/generator/) is
+from [cppclean](http://code.google.com/p/cppclean/) and released under
+the Apache License, which is different from Google Mock's license.
+
+## Getting Started ##
+
+If you are new to the project, we suggest that you read the user
+documentation in the following order:
+
+  * Learn the [basics](../googletest/docs/Primer.md) of
+    Google Test, if you choose to use Google Mock with it (recommended).
+  * Read [Google Mock for Dummies](docs/ForDummies.md).
+  * Read the instructions below on how to build Google Mock.
+
+You can also watch Zhanyong's [talk](http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sYpCyLI47rM) on Google Mock's usage and implementation.
+
+Once you understand the basics, check out the rest of the docs:
+
+  * [CheatSheet](docs/CheatSheet.md) - all the commonly used stuff
+    at a glance.
+  * [CookBook](docs/CookBook.md) - recipes for getting things done,
+    including advanced techniques.
+
+If you need help, please check the
+[KnownIssues](docs/KnownIssues.md) and
+[FrequentlyAskedQuestions](docs/FrequentlyAskedQuestions.md) before
+posting a question on the
+[discussion group](http://groups.google.com/group/googlemock).
+
+
+### Using Google Mock Without Google Test ###
+
+Google Mock is not a testing framework itself.  Instead, it needs a
+testing framework for writing tests.  Google Mock works seamlessly
+with [Google Test](http://code.google.com/p/googletest/), but
+you can also use it with [any C++ testing framework](googlemock/ForDummies.md#Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework).
+
+### Requirements for End Users ###
+
+Google Mock is implemented on top of [Google Test](
+http://github.com/google/googletest/), and depends on it.
+You must use the bundled version of Google Test when using Google Mock.
+
+You can also easily configure Google Mock to work with another testing
+framework, although it will still need Google Test.  Please read
+["Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework"](
+    docs/ForDummies.md#Using_Google_Mock_with_Any_Testing_Framework)
+for instructions.
+
+Google Mock depends on advanced C++ features and thus requires a more
+modern compiler. The following are needed to use Google Mock:
+
+#### Linux Requirements ####
+
+  * GNU-compatible Make or "gmake"
+  * POSIX-standard shell
+  * POSIX(-2) Regular Expressions (regex.h)
+  * C++98-standard-compliant compiler (e.g. GCC 3.4 or newer)
+
+#### Windows Requirements ####
+
+  * Microsoft Visual C++ 8.0 SP1 or newer
+
+#### Mac OS X Requirements ####
+
+  * Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger or newer
+  * Developer Tools Installed
+
+### Requirements for Contributors ###
+
+We welcome patches. If you plan to contribute a patch, you need to
+build Google Mock and its tests, which has further requirements:
+
+  * Automake version 1.9 or newer
+  * Autoconf version 2.59 or newer
+  * Libtool / Libtoolize
+  * Python version 2.3 or newer (for running some of the tests and
+    re-generating certain source files from templates)
+
+### Building Google Mock ###
+
+#### Preparing to Build (Unix only) ####
+
+If you are using a Unix system and plan to use the GNU Autotools build
+system to build Google Mock (described below), you'll need to
+configure it now.
+
+To prepare the Autotools build system:
+
+    cd googlemock
+    autoreconf -fvi
+
+To build Google Mock and your tests that use it, you need to tell your
+build system where to find its headers and source files.  The exact
+way to do it depends on which build system you use, and is usually
+straightforward.
+
+This section shows how you can integrate Google Mock into your
+existing build system.
+
+Suppose you put Google Mock in directory `${GMOCK_DIR}` and Google Test
+in `${GTEST_DIR}` (the latter is `${GMOCK_DIR}/gtest` by default).  To
+build Google Mock, create a library build target (or a project as
+called by Visual Studio and Xcode) to compile
+
+    ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc and ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
+
+with
+
+    ${GTEST_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK_DIR}/include
+
+in the system header search path, and
+
+    ${GTEST_DIR} and ${GMOCK_DIR}
+
+in the normal header search path.  Assuming a Linux-like system and gcc,
+something like the following will do:
+
+    g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
+        -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
+        -pthread -c ${GTEST_DIR}/src/gtest-all.cc
+    g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -I${GTEST_DIR} \
+        -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include -I${GMOCK_DIR} \
+        -pthread -c ${GMOCK_DIR}/src/gmock-all.cc
+    ar -rv libgmock.a gtest-all.o gmock-all.o
+
+(We need -pthread as Google Test and Google Mock use threads.)
+
+Next, you should compile your test source file with
+${GTEST\_DIR}/include and ${GMOCK\_DIR}/include in the header search
+path, and link it with gmock and any other necessary libraries:
+
+    g++ -isystem ${GTEST_DIR}/include -isystem ${GMOCK_DIR}/include \
+        -pthread path/to/your_test.cc libgmock.a -o your_test
+
+As an example, the make/ directory contains a Makefile that you can
+use to build Google Mock on systems where GNU make is available
+(e.g. Linux, Mac OS X, and Cygwin).  It doesn't try to build Google
+Mock's own tests.  Instead, it just builds the Google Mock library and
+a sample test.  You can use it as a starting point for your own build
+script.
+
+If the default settings are correct for your environment, the
+following commands should succeed:
+
+    cd ${GMOCK_DIR}/make
+    make
+    ./gmock_test
+
+If you see errors, try to tweak the contents of
+[make/Makefile](make/Makefile) to make them go away.
+
+### Windows ###
+
+The msvc/2005 directory contains VC++ 2005 projects and the msvc/2010
+directory contains VC++ 2010 projects for building Google Mock and
+selected tests.
+
+Change to the appropriate directory and run "msbuild gmock.sln" to
+build the library and tests (or open the gmock.sln in the MSVC IDE).
+If you want to create your own project to use with Google Mock, you'll
+have to configure it to use the `gmock_config` propety sheet.  For that:
+
+ * Open the Property Manager window (View | Other Windows | Property Manager)
+ * Right-click on your project and select "Add Existing Property Sheet..."
+ * Navigate to `gmock_config.vsprops` or `gmock_config.props` and select it.
+ * In Project Properties | Configuration Properties | General | Additional
+   Include Directories, type <path to Google Mock>/include.
+
+### Tweaking Google Mock ###
+
+Google Mock can be used in diverse environments.  The default
+configuration may not work (or may not work well) out of the box in
+some environments.  However, you can easily tweak Google Mock by
+defining control macros on the compiler command line.  Generally,
+these macros are named like `GTEST_XYZ` and you define them to either 1
+or 0 to enable or disable a certain feature.
+
+We list the most frequently used macros below.  For a complete list,
+see file [${GTEST\_DIR}/include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h](
+../googletest/include/gtest/internal/gtest-port.h).
+
+### Choosing a TR1 Tuple Library ###
+
+Google Mock uses the C++ Technical Report 1 (TR1) tuple library
+heavily.  Unfortunately TR1 tuple is not yet widely available with all
+compilers.  The good news is that Google Test 1.4.0+ implements a
+subset of TR1 tuple that's enough for Google Mock's need.  Google Mock
+will automatically use that implementation when the compiler doesn't
+provide TR1 tuple.
+
+Usually you don't need to care about which tuple library Google Test
+and Google Mock use.  However, if your project already uses TR1 tuple,
+you need to tell Google Test and Google Mock to use the same TR1 tuple
+library the rest of your project uses, or the two tuple
+implementations will clash.  To do that, add
+
+    -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=0
+
+to the compiler flags while compiling Google Test, Google Mock, and
+your tests.  If you want to force Google Test and Google Mock to use
+their own tuple library, just add
+
+    -DGTEST_USE_OWN_TR1_TUPLE=1
+
+to the compiler flags instead.
+
+If you want to use Boost's TR1 tuple library with Google Mock, please
+refer to the Boost website (http://www.boost.org/) for how to obtain
+it and set it up.
+
+### As a Shared Library (DLL) ###
+
+Google Mock is compact, so most users can build and link it as a static
+library for the simplicity.  Google Mock can be used as a DLL, but the
+same DLL must contain Google Test as well.  See
+[Google Test's README][gtest_readme]
+for instructions on how to set up necessary compiler settings.
+
+### Tweaking Google Mock ###
+
+Most of Google Test's control macros apply to Google Mock as well.
+Please see [Google Test's README][gtest_readme] for how to tweak them.
+
+### Upgrading from an Earlier Version ###
+
+We strive to keep Google Mock releases backward compatible.
+Sometimes, though, we have to make some breaking changes for the
+users' long-term benefits.  This section describes what you'll need to
+do if you are upgrading from an earlier version of Google Mock.
+
+#### Upgrading from 1.1.0 or Earlier ####
+
+You may need to explicitly enable or disable Google Test's own TR1
+tuple library.  See the instructions in section "[Choosing a TR1 Tuple
+Library](../googletest/#choosing-a-tr1-tuple-library)".
+
+#### Upgrading from 1.4.0 or Earlier ####
+
+On platforms where the pthread library is available, Google Test and
+Google Mock use it in order to be thread-safe.  For this to work, you
+may need to tweak your compiler and/or linker flags.  Please see the
+"[Multi-threaded Tests](../googletest#multi-threaded-tests
+)" section in file Google Test's README for what you may need to do.
+
+If you have custom matchers defined using `MatcherInterface` or
+`MakePolymorphicMatcher()`, you'll need to update their definitions to
+use the new matcher API (
+[monomorphic](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Monomorphic_Matchers),
+[polymorphic](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/wiki/CookBook#Writing_New_Polymorphic_Matchers)).
+Matchers defined using `MATCHER()` or `MATCHER_P*()` aren't affected.
+
+### Developing Google Mock ###
+
+This section discusses how to make your own changes to Google Mock.
+
+#### Testing Google Mock Itself ####
+
+To make sure your changes work as intended and don't break existing
+functionality, you'll want to compile and run Google Test's own tests.
+For that you'll need Autotools.  First, make sure you have followed
+the instructions above to configure Google Mock.
+Then, create a build output directory and enter it.  Next,
+
+    ${GMOCK_DIR}/configure  # try --help for more info
+
+Once you have successfully configured Google Mock, the build steps are
+standard for GNU-style OSS packages.
+
+    make        # Standard makefile following GNU conventions
+    make check  # Builds and runs all tests - all should pass.
+
+Note that when building your project against Google Mock, you are building
+against Google Test as well.  There is no need to configure Google Test
+separately.
+
+#### Contributing a Patch ####
+
+We welcome patches.
+Please read the [Developer's Guide](docs/DevGuide.md)
+for how you can contribute. In particular, make sure you have signed
+the Contributor License Agreement, or we won't be able to accept the
+patch.
+
+Happy testing!
+
+[gtest_readme]: ../googletest/README.md "googletest"

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/configure.ac

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-m4_include(gtest/m4/acx_pthread.m4)
+m4_include(../googletest/m4/acx_pthread.m4)
 
 AC_INIT([Google C++ Mocking Framework],
         [1.7.0],
@@ -129,14 +129,14 @@ AS_IF([test "x${HAVE_BUILT_GTEST}" = "xyes"],
       GTEST_LDFLAGS=`${GTEST_CONFIG} --ldflags`
       GTEST_LIBS=`${GTEST_CONFIG} --libs`
       GTEST_VERSION=`${GTEST_CONFIG} --version`],
-      [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([gtest])
+      [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([../googletest])
       # GTEST_CONFIG needs to be executable both in a Makefile environmont and
       # in a shell script environment, so resolve an absolute path for it here.
-      GTEST_CONFIG="`pwd -P`/gtest/scripts/gtest-config"
-      GTEST_CPPFLAGS='-I$(top_srcdir)/gtest/include'
+      GTEST_CONFIG="`pwd -P`/../googletest/scripts/gtest-config"
+      GTEST_CPPFLAGS='-I$(top_srcdir)/../googletest/include'
       GTEST_CXXFLAGS='-g'
       GTEST_LDFLAGS=''
-      GTEST_LIBS='$(top_builddir)/gtest/lib/libgtest.la'
+      GTEST_LIBS='$(top_builddir)/../googletest/lib/libgtest.la'
       GTEST_VERSION="${GTEST_MIN_VERSION}"])
 
 # TODO(chandlerc@google.com) Check the types, structures, and other compiler

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/docs/CheatSheet.md

@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+
+
+# Defining a Mock Class #
+
+## Mocking a Normal Class ##
+
+Given
+```
+class Foo {
+  ...
+  virtual ~Foo();
+  virtual int GetSize() const = 0;
+  virtual string Describe(const char* name) = 0;
+  virtual string Describe(int type) = 0;
+  virtual bool Process(Bar elem, int count) = 0;
+};
+```
+(note that `~Foo()` **must** be virtual) we can define its mock as
+```
+#include "gmock/gmock.h"
+
+class MockFoo : public Foo {
+  MOCK_CONST_METHOD0(GetSize, int());
+  MOCK_METHOD1(Describe, string(const char* name));
+  MOCK_METHOD1(Describe, string(int type));
+  MOCK_METHOD2(Process, bool(Bar elem, int count));
+};
+```
+
+To create a "nice" mock object which ignores all uninteresting calls,
+or a "strict" mock object, which treats them as failures:
+```
+NiceMock<MockFoo> nice_foo;     // The type is a subclass of MockFoo.
+StrictMock<MockFoo> strict_foo; // The type is a subclass of MockFoo.
+```
+
+## Mocking a Class Template ##
+
+To mock
+```
+template <typename Elem>
+class StackInterface {
+ public:
+  ...
+  virtual ~StackInterface();
+  virtual int GetSize() const = 0;
+  virtual void Push(const Elem& x) = 0;
+};
+```
+(note that `~StackInterface()` **must** be virtual) just append `_T` to the `MOCK_*` macros:
+```
+template <typename Elem>
+class MockStack : public StackInterface<Elem> {
+ public:
+  ...
+  MOCK_CONST_METHOD0_T(GetSize, int());
+  MOCK_METHOD1_T(Push, void(const Elem& x));
+};
+```
+
+## Specifying Calling Conventions for Mock Functions ##
+
+If your mock function doesn't use the default calling convention, you
+can specify it by appending `_WITH_CALLTYPE` to any of the macros
+described in the previous two sections and supplying the calling
+convention as the first argument to the macro. For example,
+```
+  MOCK_METHOD_1_WITH_CALLTYPE(STDMETHODCALLTYPE, Foo, bool(int n));
+  MOCK_CONST_METHOD2_WITH_CALLTYPE(STDMETHODCALLTYPE, Bar, int(double x, double y));
+```
+where `STDMETHODCALLTYPE` is defined by `<objbase.h>` on Windows.
+
+# Using Mocks in Tests #
+
+The typical flow is:
+  1. Import the Google Mock names you need to use. All Google Mock names are in the `testing` namespace unless they are macros or otherwise noted.
+  1. Create the mock objects.
+  1. Optionally, set the default actions of the mock objects.
+  1. Set your expectations on the mock objects (How will they be called? What wil they do?).
+  1. Exercise code that uses the mock objects; if necessary, check the result using [Google Test](../../googletest/) assertions.
+  1. When a mock objects is destructed, Google Mock automatically verifies that all expectations on it have been satisfied.
+
+Here is an example:
+```
+using ::testing::Return;                            // #1
+
+TEST(BarTest, DoesThis) {
+  MockFoo foo;                                    // #2
+
+  ON_CALL(foo, GetSize())                         // #3
+      .WillByDefault(Return(1));
+  // ... other default actions ...
+
+  EXPECT_CALL(foo, Describe(5))                   // #4
+      .Times(3)
+      .WillRepeatedly(Return("Category 5"));
+  // ... other expectations ...
+
+  EXPECT_EQ("good", MyProductionFunction(&foo));  // #5
+}                                                 // #6
+```
+
+# Setting Default Actions #
+
+Google Mock has a **built-in default action** for any function that
+returns `void`, `bool`, a numeric value, or a pointer.
+
+To customize the default action for functions with return type `T` globally:
+```
+using ::testing::DefaultValue;
+
+// Sets the default value to be returned. T must be CopyConstructible.
+DefaultValue<T>::Set(value);
+// Sets a factory. Will be invoked on demand. T must be MoveConstructible.
+//   T MakeT();
+DefaultValue<T>::SetFactory(&MakeT);
+// ... use the mocks ...
+// Resets the default value.
+DefaultValue<T>::Clear();
+```
+
+To customize the default action for a particular method, use `ON_CALL()`:
+```
+ON_CALL(mock_object, method(matchers))
+    .With(multi_argument_matcher)  ?
+    .WillByDefault(action);
+```
+
+# Setting Expectations #
+
+`EXPECT_CALL()` sets **expectations** on a mock method (How will it be
+called? What will it do?):
+```
+EXPECT_CALL(mock_object, method(matchers))
+    .With(multi_argument_matcher)  ?
+    .Times(cardinality)            ?
+    .InSequence(sequences)         *
+    .After(expectations)           *
+    .WillOnce(action)              *
+    .WillRepeatedly(action)        ?
+    .RetiresOnSaturation();        ?
+```
+
+If `Times()` is omitted, the cardinality is assumed to be:
+
+  * `Times(1)` when there is neither `WillOnce()` nor `WillRepeatedly()`;
+  * `Times(n)` when there are `n WillOnce()`s but no `WillRepeatedly()`, where `n` >= 1; or
+  * `Times(AtLeast(n))` when there are `n WillOnce()`s and a `WillRepeatedly()`, where `n` >= 0.
+
+A method with no `EXPECT_CALL()` is free to be invoked _any number of times_, and the default action will be taken each time.
+
+# Matchers #
+
+A **matcher** matches a _single_ argument.  You can use it inside
+`ON_CALL()` or `EXPECT_CALL()`, or use it to validate a value
+directly:
+
+| `EXPECT_THAT(value, matcher)` | Asserts that `value` matches `matcher`. |
+|:------------------------------|:----------------------------------------|
+| `ASSERT_THAT(value, matcher)` | The same as `EXPECT_THAT(value, matcher)`, except that it generates a **fatal** failure. |
+
+Built-in matchers (where `argument` is the function argument) are
+divided into several categories:
+
+## Wildcard ##
+|`_`|`argument` can be any value of the correct type.|
+|:--|:-----------------------------------------------|
+|`A<type>()` or `An<type>()`|`argument` can be any value of type `type`.     |
+
+## Generic Comparison ##
+
+|`Eq(value)` or `value`|`argument == value`|
+|:---------------------|:------------------|
+|`Ge(value)`           |`argument >= value`|
+|`Gt(value)`           |`argument > value` |
+|`Le(value)`           |`argument <= value`|
+|`Lt(value)`           |`argument < value` |
+|`Ne(value)`           |`argument != value`|
+|`IsNull()`            |`argument` is a `NULL` pointer (raw or smart).|
+|`NotNull()`           |`argument` is a non-null pointer (raw or smart).|
+|`Ref(variable)`       |`argument` is a reference to `variable`.|
+|`TypedEq<type>(value)`|`argument` has type `type` and is equal to `value`. You may need to use this instead of `Eq(value)` when the mock function is overloaded.|
+
+Except `Ref()`, these matchers make a _copy_ of `value` in case it's
+modified or destructed later. If the compiler complains that `value`
+doesn't have a public copy constructor, try wrap it in `ByRef()`,
+e.g. `Eq(ByRef(non_copyable_value))`. If you do that, make sure
+`non_copyable_value` is not changed afterwards, or the meaning of your
+matcher will be changed.
+
+## Floating-Point Matchers ##
+
+|`DoubleEq(a_double)`|`argument` is a `double` value approximately equal to `a_double`, treating two NaNs as unequal.|
+|:-------------------|:----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`FloatEq(a_float)`  |`argument` is a `float` value approximately equal to `a_float`, treating two NaNs as unequal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveDoubleEq(a_double)`|`argument` is a `double` value approximately equal to `a_double`, treating two NaNs as equal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveFloatEq(a_float)`|`argument` is a `float` value approximately equal to `a_float`, treating two NaNs as equal.    |
+
+The above matchers use ULP-based comparison (the same as used in
+[Google Test](../../googletest/)). They
+automatically pick a reasonable error bound based on the absolute
+value of the expected value.  `DoubleEq()` and `FloatEq()` conform to
+the IEEE standard, which requires comparing two NaNs for equality to
+return false. The `NanSensitive*` version instead treats two NaNs as
+equal, which is often what a user wants.
+
+|`DoubleNear(a_double, max_abs_error)`|`argument` is a `double` value close to `a_double` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as unequal.|
+|:------------------------------------|:--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`FloatNear(a_float, max_abs_error)`  |`argument` is a `float` value close to `a_float` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as unequal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveDoubleNear(a_double, max_abs_error)`|`argument` is a `double` value close to `a_double` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as equal.  |
+|`NanSensitiveFloatNear(a_float, max_abs_error)`|`argument` is a `float` value close to `a_float` (absolute error <= `max_abs_error`), treating two NaNs as equal.    |
+
+## String Matchers ##
+
+The `argument` can be either a C string or a C++ string object:
+
+|`ContainsRegex(string)`|`argument` matches the given regular expression.|
+|:----------------------|:-----------------------------------------------|
+|`EndsWith(suffix)`     |`argument` ends with string `suffix`.           |
+|`HasSubstr(string)`    |`argument` contains `string` as a sub-string.   |
+|`MatchesRegex(string)` |`argument` matches the given regular expression with the match starting at the first character and ending at the last character.|
+|`StartsWith(prefix)`   |`argument` starts with string `prefix`.         |
+|`StrCaseEq(string)`    |`argument` is equal to `string`, ignoring case. |
+|`StrCaseNe(string)`    |`argument` is not equal to `string`, ignoring case.|
+|`StrEq(string)`        |`argument` is equal to `string`.                |
+|`StrNe(string)`        |`argument` is not equal to `string`.            |
+
+`ContainsRegex()` and `MatchesRegex()` use the regular expression
+syntax defined
+[here](../../googletest/docs/AdvancedGuide.md#regular-expression-syntax).
+`StrCaseEq()`, `StrCaseNe()`, `StrEq()`, and `StrNe()` work for wide
+strings as well.
+
+## Container Matchers ##
+
+Most STL-style containers support `==`, so you can use
+`Eq(expected_container)` or simply `expected_container` to match a
+container exactly.   If you want to write the elements in-line,
+match them more flexibly, or get more informative messages, you can use:
+
+| `ContainerEq(container)` | The same as `Eq(container)` except that the failure message also includes which elements are in one container but not the other. |
+|:-------------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `Contains(e)`            | `argument` contains an element that matches `e`, which can be either a value or a matcher.                                       |
+| `Each(e)`                | `argument` is a container where _every_ element matches `e`, which can be either a value or a matcher.                           |
+| `ElementsAre(e0, e1, ..., en)` | `argument` has `n + 1` elements, where the i-th element matches `ei`, which can be a value or a matcher. 0 to 10 arguments are allowed. |
+| `ElementsAreArray({ e0, e1, ..., en })`, `ElementsAreArray(array)`, or `ElementsAreArray(array, count)` | The same as `ElementsAre()` except that the expected element values/matchers come from an initializer list, STL-style container, or C-style array. |
+| `IsEmpty()`              | `argument` is an empty container (`container.empty()`).                                                                          |
+| `Pointwise(m, container)` | `argument` contains the same number of elements as in `container`, and for all i, (the i-th element in `argument`, the i-th element in `container`) match `m`, which is a matcher on 2-tuples. E.g. `Pointwise(Le(), upper_bounds)` verifies that each element in `argument` doesn't exceed the corresponding element in `upper_bounds`. See more detail below. |
+| `SizeIs(m)`              | `argument` is a container whose size matches `m`. E.g. `SizeIs(2)` or `SizeIs(Lt(2))`.                                           |
+| `UnorderedElementsAre(e0, e1, ..., en)` | `argument` has `n + 1` elements, and under some permutation each element matches an `ei` (for a different `i`), which can be a value or a matcher. 0 to 10 arguments are allowed. |
+| `UnorderedElementsAreArray({ e0, e1, ..., en })`, `UnorderedElementsAreArray(array)`, or `UnorderedElementsAreArray(array, count)` | The same as `UnorderedElementsAre()` except that the expected element values/matchers come from an initializer list, STL-style container, or C-style array. |
+| `WhenSorted(m)`          | When `argument` is sorted using the `<` operator, it matches container matcher `m`. E.g. `WhenSorted(UnorderedElementsAre(1, 2, 3))` verifies that `argument` contains elements `1`, `2`, and `3`, ignoring order. |
+| `WhenSortedBy(comparator, m)` | The same as `WhenSorted(m)`, except that the given comparator instead of `<` is used to sort `argument`. E.g. `WhenSortedBy(std::greater<int>(), ElementsAre(3, 2, 1))`. |
+
+Notes:
+
+  * These matchers can also match:
+    1. a native array passed by reference (e.g. in `Foo(const int (&a)[5])`), and
+    1. an array passed as a pointer and a count (e.g. in `Bar(const T* buffer, int len)` -- see [Multi-argument Matchers](#Multiargument_Matchers.md)).
+  * The array being matched may be multi-dimensional (i.e. its elements can be arrays).
+  * `m` in `Pointwise(m, ...)` should be a matcher for `::testing::tuple<T, U>` where `T` and `U` are the element type of the actual container and the expected container, respectively. For example, to compare two `Foo` containers where `Foo` doesn't support `operator==` but has an `Equals()` method, one might write:
+
+```
+using ::testing::get;
+MATCHER(FooEq, "") {
+  return get<0>(arg).Equals(get<1>(arg));
+}
+...
+EXPECT_THAT(actual_foos, Pointwise(FooEq(), expected_foos));
+```
+
+## Member Matchers ##
+
+|`Field(&class::field, m)`|`argument.field` (or `argument->field` when `argument` is a plain pointer) matches matcher `m`, where `argument` is an object of type _class_.|
+|:------------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`Key(e)`                 |`argument.first` matches `e`, which can be either a value or a matcher. E.g. `Contains(Key(Le(5)))` can verify that a `map` contains a key `<= 5`.|
+|`Pair(m1, m2)`           |`argument` is an `std::pair` whose `first` field matches `m1` and `second` field matches `m2`.                                                |
+|`Property(&class::property, m)`|`argument.property()` (or `argument->property()` when `argument` is a plain pointer) matches matcher `m`, where `argument` is an object of type _class_.|
+
+## Matching the Result of a Function or Functor ##
+
+|`ResultOf(f, m)`|`f(argument)` matches matcher `m`, where `f` is a function or functor.|
+|:---------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------|
+
+## Pointer Matchers ##
+
+|`Pointee(m)`|`argument` (either a smart pointer or a raw pointer) points to a value that matches matcher `m`.|
+|:-----------|:-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`WhenDynamicCastTo<T>(m)`| when `argument` is passed through `dynamic_cast<T>()`, it matches matcher `m`.                 |
+
+## Multiargument Matchers ##
+
+Technically, all matchers match a _single_ value. A "multi-argument"
+matcher is just one that matches a _tuple_. The following matchers can
+be used to match a tuple `(x, y)`:
+
+|`Eq()`|`x == y`|
+|:-----|:-------|
+|`Ge()`|`x >= y`|
+|`Gt()`|`x > y` |
+|`Le()`|`x <= y`|
+|`Lt()`|`x < y` |
+|`Ne()`|`x != y`|
+
+You can use the following selectors to pick a subset of the arguments
+(or reorder them) to participate in the matching:
+
+|`AllArgs(m)`|Equivalent to `m`. Useful as syntactic sugar in `.With(AllArgs(m))`.|
+|:-----------|:-------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`Args<N1, N2, ..., Nk>(m)`|The tuple of the `k` selected (using 0-based indices) arguments matches `m`, e.g. `Args<1, 2>(Eq())`.|
+
+## Composite Matchers ##
+
+You can make a matcher from one or more other matchers:
+
+|`AllOf(m1, m2, ..., mn)`|`argument` matches all of the matchers `m1` to `mn`.|
+|:-----------------------|:---------------------------------------------------|
+|`AnyOf(m1, m2, ..., mn)`|`argument` matches at least one of the matchers `m1` to `mn`.|
+|`Not(m)`                |`argument` doesn't match matcher `m`.               |
+
+## Adapters for Matchers ##
+
+|`MatcherCast<T>(m)`|casts matcher `m` to type `Matcher<T>`.|
+|:------------------|:--------------------------------------|
+|`SafeMatcherCast<T>(m)`| [safely casts](CookBook.md#casting-matchers) matcher `m` to type `Matcher<T>`. |
+|`Truly(predicate)` |`predicate(argument)` returns something considered by C++ to be true, where `predicate` is a function or functor.|
+
+## Matchers as Predicates ##
+
+|`Matches(m)(value)`|evaluates to `true` if `value` matches `m`. You can use `Matches(m)` alone as a unary functor.|
+|:------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`ExplainMatchResult(m, value, result_listener)`|evaluates to `true` if `value` matches `m`, explaining the result to `result_listener`.       |
+|`Value(value, m)`  |evaluates to `true` if `value` matches `m`.                                                   |
+
+## Defining Matchers ##
+
+| `MATCHER(IsEven, "") { return (arg % 2) == 0; }` | Defines a matcher `IsEven()` to match an even number. |
+|:-------------------------------------------------|:------------------------------------------------------|
+| `MATCHER_P(IsDivisibleBy, n, "") { *result_listener << "where the remainder is " << (arg % n); return (arg % n) == 0; }` | Defines a macher `IsDivisibleBy(n)` to match a number divisible by `n`. |
+| `MATCHER_P2(IsBetween, a, b, std::string(negation ? "isn't" : "is") + " between " + PrintToString(a) + " and " + PrintToString(b)) { return a <= arg && arg <= b; }` | Defines a matcher `IsBetween(a, b)` to match a value in the range [`a`, `b`]. |
+
+**Notes:**
+
+  1. The `MATCHER*` macros cannot be used inside a function or class.
+  1. The matcher body must be _purely functional_ (i.e. it cannot have any side effect, and the result must not depend on anything other than the value being matched and the matcher parameters).
+  1. You can use `PrintToString(x)` to convert a value `x` of any type to a string.
+
+## Matchers as Test Assertions ##
+
+|`ASSERT_THAT(expression, m)`|Generates a [fatal failure](../../googletest/docs/Primer.md#assertions) if the value of `expression` doesn't match matcher `m`.|
+|:---------------------------|:----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`EXPECT_THAT(expression, m)`|Generates a non-fatal failure if the value of `expression` doesn't match matcher `m`.                                                          |
+
+# Actions #
+
+**Actions** specify what a mock function should do when invoked.
+
+## Returning a Value ##
+
+|`Return()`|Return from a `void` mock function.|
+|:---------|:----------------------------------|
+|`Return(value)`|Return `value`. If the type of `value` is different to the mock function's return type, `value` is converted to the latter type <i>at the time the expectation is set</i>, not when the action is executed.|
+|`ReturnArg<N>()`|Return the `N`-th (0-based) argument.|
+|`ReturnNew<T>(a1, ..., ak)`|Return `new T(a1, ..., ak)`; a different object is created each time.|
+|`ReturnNull()`|Return a null pointer.             |
+|`ReturnPointee(ptr)`|Return the value pointed to by `ptr`.|
+|`ReturnRef(variable)`|Return a reference to `variable`.  |
+|`ReturnRefOfCopy(value)`|Return a reference to a copy of `value`; the copy lives as long as the action.|
+
+## Side Effects ##
+
+|`Assign(&variable, value)`|Assign `value` to variable.|
+|:-------------------------|:--------------------------|
+| `DeleteArg<N>()`         | Delete the `N`-th (0-based) argument, which must be a pointer. |
+| `SaveArg<N>(pointer)`    | Save the `N`-th (0-based) argument to `*pointer`. |
+| `SaveArgPointee<N>(pointer)` | Save the value pointed to by the `N`-th (0-based) argument to `*pointer`. |
+| `SetArgReferee<N>(value)` |	Assign value to the variable referenced by the `N`-th (0-based) argument. |
+|`SetArgPointee<N>(value)` |Assign `value` to the variable pointed by the `N`-th (0-based) argument.|
+|`SetArgumentPointee<N>(value)`|Same as `SetArgPointee<N>(value)`. Deprecated. Will be removed in v1.7.0.|
+|`SetArrayArgument<N>(first, last)`|Copies the elements in source range [`first`, `last`) to the array pointed to by the `N`-th (0-based) argument, which can be either a pointer or an iterator. The action does not take ownership of the elements in the source range.|
+|`SetErrnoAndReturn(error, value)`|Set `errno` to `error` and return `value`.|
+|`Throw(exception)`        |Throws the given exception, which can be any copyable value. Available since v1.1.0.|
+
+## Using a Function or a Functor as an Action ##
+
+|`Invoke(f)`|Invoke `f` with the arguments passed to the mock function, where `f` can be a global/static function or a functor.|
+|:----------|:-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`Invoke(object_pointer, &class::method)`|Invoke the {method on the object with the arguments passed to the mock function.                                  |
+|`InvokeWithoutArgs(f)`|Invoke `f`, which can be a global/static function or a functor. `f` must take no arguments.                       |
+|`InvokeWithoutArgs(object_pointer, &class::method)`|Invoke the method on the object, which takes no arguments.                                                        |
+|`InvokeArgument<N>(arg1, arg2, ..., argk)`|Invoke the mock function's `N`-th (0-based) argument, which must be a function or a functor, with the `k` arguments.|
+
+The return value of the invoked function is used as the return value
+of the action.
+
+When defining a function or functor to be used with `Invoke*()`, you can declare any unused parameters as `Unused`:
+```
+  double Distance(Unused, double x, double y) { return sqrt(x*x + y*y); }
+  ...
+  EXPECT_CALL(mock, Foo("Hi", _, _)).WillOnce(Invoke(Distance));
+```
+
+In `InvokeArgument<N>(...)`, if an argument needs to be passed by reference, wrap it inside `ByRef()`. For example,
+```
+  InvokeArgument<2>(5, string("Hi"), ByRef(foo))
+```
+calls the mock function's #2 argument, passing to it `5` and `string("Hi")` by value, and `foo` by reference.
+
+## Default Action ##
+
+|`DoDefault()`|Do the default action (specified by `ON_CALL()` or the built-in one).|
+|:------------|:--------------------------------------------------------------------|
+
+**Note:** due to technical reasons, `DoDefault()` cannot be used inside  a composite action - trying to do so will result in a run-time error.
+
+## Composite Actions ##
+
+|`DoAll(a1, a2, ..., an)`|Do all actions `a1` to `an` and return the result of `an` in each invocation. The first `n - 1` sub-actions must return void. |
+|:-----------------------|:-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`IgnoreResult(a)`       |Perform action `a` and ignore its result. `a` must not return void.                                                           |
+|`WithArg<N>(a)`         |Pass the `N`-th (0-based) argument of the mock function to action `a` and perform it.                                         |
+|`WithArgs<N1, N2, ..., Nk>(a)`|Pass the selected (0-based) arguments of the mock function to action `a` and perform it.                                      |
+|`WithoutArgs(a)`        |Perform action `a` without any arguments.                                                                                     |
+
+## Defining Actions ##
+
+| `ACTION(Sum) { return arg0 + arg1; }` | Defines an action `Sum()` to return the sum of the mock function's argument #0 and #1. |
+|:--------------------------------------|:---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `ACTION_P(Plus, n) { return arg0 + n; }` | Defines an action `Plus(n)` to return the sum of the mock function's argument #0 and `n`. |
+| `ACTION_Pk(Foo, p1, ..., pk) { statements; }` | Defines a parameterized action `Foo(p1, ..., pk)` to execute the given `statements`.   |
+
+The `ACTION*` macros cannot be used inside a function or class.
+
+# Cardinalities #
+
+These are used in `Times()` to specify how many times a mock function will be called:
+
+|`AnyNumber()`|The function can be called any number of times.|
+|:------------|:----------------------------------------------|
+|`AtLeast(n)` |The call is expected at least `n` times.       |
+|`AtMost(n)`  |The call is expected at most `n` times.        |
+|`Between(m, n)`|The call is expected between `m` and `n` (inclusive) times.|
+|`Exactly(n) or n`|The call is expected exactly `n` times. In particular, the call should never happen when `n` is 0.|
+
+# Expectation Order #
+
+By default, the expectations can be matched in _any_ order.  If some
+or all expectations must be matched in a given order, there are two
+ways to specify it.  They can be used either independently or
+together.
+
+## The After Clause ##
+
+```
+using ::testing::Expectation;
+...
+Expectation init_x = EXPECT_CALL(foo, InitX());
+Expectation init_y = EXPECT_CALL(foo, InitY());
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Bar())
+    .After(init_x, init_y);
+```
+says that `Bar()` can be called only after both `InitX()` and
+`InitY()` have been called.
+
+If you don't know how many pre-requisites an expectation has when you
+write it, you can use an `ExpectationSet` to collect them:
+
+```
+using ::testing::ExpectationSet;
+...
+ExpectationSet all_inits;
+for (int i = 0; i < element_count; i++) {
+  all_inits += EXPECT_CALL(foo, InitElement(i));
+}
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Bar())
+    .After(all_inits);
+```
+says that `Bar()` can be called only after all elements have been
+initialized (but we don't care about which elements get initialized
+before the others).
+
+Modifying an `ExpectationSet` after using it in an `.After()` doesn't
+affect the meaning of the `.After()`.
+
+## Sequences ##
+
+When you have a long chain of sequential expectations, it's easier to
+specify the order using **sequences**, which don't require you to given
+each expectation in the chain a different name.  <i>All expected<br>
+calls</i> in the same sequence must occur in the order they are
+specified.
+
+```
+using ::testing::Sequence;
+Sequence s1, s2;
+...
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Reset())
+    .InSequence(s1, s2)
+    .WillOnce(Return(true));
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, GetSize())
+    .InSequence(s1)
+    .WillOnce(Return(1));
+EXPECT_CALL(foo, Describe(A<const char*>()))
+    .InSequence(s2)
+    .WillOnce(Return("dummy"));
+```
+says that `Reset()` must be called before _both_ `GetSize()` _and_
+`Describe()`, and the latter two can occur in any order.
+
+To put many expectations in a sequence conveniently:
+```
+using ::testing::InSequence;
+{
+  InSequence dummy;
+
+  EXPECT_CALL(...)...;
+  EXPECT_CALL(...)...;
+  ...
+  EXPECT_CALL(...)...;
+}
+```
+says that all expected calls in the scope of `dummy` must occur in
+strict order. The name `dummy` is irrelevant.)
+
+# Verifying and Resetting a Mock #
+
+Google Mock will verify the expectations on a mock object when it is destructed, or you can do it earlier:
+```
+using ::testing::Mock;
+...
+// Verifies and removes the expectations on mock_obj;
+// returns true iff successful.
+Mock::VerifyAndClearExpectations(&mock_obj);
+...
+// Verifies and removes the expectations on mock_obj;
+// also removes the default actions set by ON_CALL();
+// returns true iff successful.
+Mock::VerifyAndClear(&mock_obj);
+```
+
+You can also tell Google Mock that a mock object can be leaked and doesn't
+need to be verified:
+```
+Mock::AllowLeak(&mock_obj);
+```
+
+# Mock Classes #
+
+Google Mock defines a convenient mock class template
+```
+class MockFunction<R(A1, ..., An)> {
+ public:
+  MOCK_METHODn(Call, R(A1, ..., An));
+};
+```
+See this [recipe](CookBook.md#using-check-points) for one application of it.
+
+# Flags #
+
+| `--gmock_catch_leaked_mocks=0` | Don't report leaked mock objects as failures. |
+|:-------------------------------|:----------------------------------------------|
+| `--gmock_verbose=LEVEL`        | Sets the default verbosity level (`info`, `warning`, or `error`) of Google Mock messages. |

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/docs/DesignDoc.md

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+This page discusses the design of new Google Mock features.
+
+
+
+# Macros for Defining Actions #
+
+## Problem ##
+
+Due to the lack of closures in C++, it currently requires some
+non-trivial effort to define a custom action in Google Mock.  For
+example, suppose you want to "increment the value pointed to by the
+second argument of the mock function and return it", you could write:
+
+```
+int IncrementArg1(Unused, int* p, Unused) {
+  return ++(*p);
+}
+
+... WillOnce(Invoke(IncrementArg1));
+```
+
+There are several things unsatisfactory about this approach:
+
+  * Even though the action only cares about the second argument of the mock function, its definition needs to list other arguments as dummies.  This is tedious.
+  * The defined action is usable only in mock functions that takes exactly 3 arguments - an unnecessary restriction.
+  * To use the action, one has to say `Invoke(IncrementArg1)`, which isn't as nice as `IncrementArg1()`.
+
+The latter two problems can be overcome using `MakePolymorphicAction()`,
+but it requires much more boilerplate code:
+
+```
+class IncrementArg1Action {
+ public:
+  template <typename Result, typename ArgumentTuple>
+  Result Perform(const ArgumentTuple& args) const {
+    return ++(*tr1::get<1>(args));
+  }
+};
+
+PolymorphicAction<IncrementArg1Action> IncrementArg1() {
+  return MakePolymorphicAction(IncrementArg1Action());
+}
+
+... WillOnce(IncrementArg1());
+```
+
+Our goal is to allow defining custom actions with the least amount of
+boiler-plate C++ requires.
+
+## Solution ##
+
+We propose to introduce a new macro:
+```
+ACTION(name) { statements; }
+```
+
+Using this in a namespace scope will define an action with the given
+name that executes the statements.  Inside the statements, you can
+refer to the K-th (0-based) argument of the mock function as `argK`.
+For example:
+```
+ACTION(IncrementArg1) { return ++(*arg1); }
+```
+allows you to write
+```
+... WillOnce(IncrementArg1());
+```
+
+Note that you don't need to specify the types of the mock function
+arguments, as brevity is a top design goal here.  Rest assured that
+your code is still type-safe though: you'll get a compiler error if
+`*arg1` doesn't support the `++` operator, or if the type of
+`++(*arg1)` isn't compatible with the mock function's return type.
+
+Another example:
+```
+ACTION(Foo) {
+  (*arg2)(5);
+  Blah();
+  *arg1 = 0;
+  return arg0;
+}
+```
+defines an action `Foo()` that invokes argument #2 (a function pointer)
+with 5, calls function `Blah()`, sets the value pointed to by argument
+#1 to 0, and returns argument #0.
+
+For more convenience and flexibility, you can also use the following
+pre-defined symbols in the body of `ACTION`:
+
+| `argK_type` | The type of the K-th (0-based) argument of the mock function |
+|:------------|:-------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `args`      | All arguments of the mock function as a tuple                |
+| `args_type` | The type of all arguments of the mock function as a tuple    |
+| `return_type` | The return type of the mock function                         |
+| `function_type` | The type of the mock function                                |
+
+For example, when using an `ACTION` as a stub action for mock function:
+```
+int DoSomething(bool flag, int* ptr);
+```
+we have:
+| **Pre-defined Symbol** | **Is Bound To** |
+|:-----------------------|:----------------|
+| `arg0`                 | the value of `flag` |
+| `arg0_type`            | the type `bool` |
+| `arg1`                 | the value of `ptr` |
+| `arg1_type`            | the type `int*` |
+| `args`                 | the tuple `(flag, ptr)` |
+| `args_type`            | the type `std::tr1::tuple<bool, int*>` |
+| `return_type`          | the type `int`  |
+| `function_type`        | the type `int(bool, int*)` |
+
+## Parameterized actions ##
+
+Sometimes you'll want to parameterize the action.   For that we propose
+another macro
+```
+ACTION_P(name, param) { statements; }
+```
+
+For example,
+```
+ACTION_P(Add, n) { return arg0 + n; }
+```
+will allow you to write
+```
+// Returns argument #0 + 5.
+... WillOnce(Add(5));
+```
+
+For convenience, we use the term _arguments_ for the values used to
+invoke the mock function, and the term _parameters_ for the values
+used to instantiate an action.
+
+Note that you don't need to provide the type of the parameter either.
+Suppose the parameter is named `param`, you can also use the
+Google-Mock-defined symbol `param_type` to refer to the type of the
+parameter as inferred by the compiler.
+
+We will also provide `ACTION_P2`, `ACTION_P3`, and etc to support
+multi-parameter actions.  For example,
+```
+ACTION_P2(ReturnDistanceTo, x, y) {
+  double dx = arg0 - x;
+  double dy = arg1 - y;
+  return sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy);
+}
+```
+lets you write
+```
+... WillOnce(ReturnDistanceTo(5.0, 26.5));
+```
+
+You can view `ACTION` as a degenerated parameterized action where the
+number of parameters is 0.
+
+## Advanced Usages ##
+
+### Overloading Actions ###
+
+You can easily define actions overloaded on the number of parameters:
+```
+ACTION_P(Plus, a) { ... }
+ACTION_P2(Plus, a, b) { ... }
+```
+
+### Restricting the Type of an Argument or Parameter ###
+
+For maximum brevity and reusability, the `ACTION*` macros don't let
+you specify the types of the mock function arguments and the action
+parameters.  Instead, we let the compiler infer the types for us.
+
+Sometimes, however, we may want to be more explicit about the types.
+There are several tricks to do that.  For example:
+```
+ACTION(Foo) {
+  // Makes sure arg0 can be converted to int.
+  int n = arg0;
+  ... use n instead of arg0 here ...
+}
+
+ACTION_P(Bar, param) {
+  // Makes sure the type of arg1 is const char*.
+  ::testing::StaticAssertTypeEq<const char*, arg1_type>();
+
+  // Makes sure param can be converted to bool.
+  bool flag = param;
+}
+```
+where `StaticAssertTypeEq` is a compile-time assertion we plan to add to
+Google Test (the name is chosen to match `static_assert` in C++0x).
+
+### Using the ACTION Object's Type ###
+
+If you are writing a function that returns an `ACTION` object, you'll
+need to know its type.  The type depends on the macro used to define
+the action and the parameter types.  The rule is relatively simple:
+| **Given Definition** | **Expression** | **Has Type** |
+|:---------------------|:---------------|:-------------|
+| `ACTION(Foo)`        | `Foo()`        | `FooAction`  |
+| `ACTION_P(Bar, param)` | `Bar(int_value)` | `BarActionP<int>` |
+| `ACTION_P2(Baz, p1, p2)` | `Baz(bool_value, int_value)` | `BazActionP2<bool, int>` |
+| ...                  | ...            | ...          |
+
+Note that we have to pick different suffixes (`Action`, `ActionP`,
+`ActionP2`, and etc) for actions with different numbers of parameters,
+or the action definitions cannot be overloaded on the number of
+parameters.
+
+## When to Use ##
+
+While the new macros are very convenient, please also consider other
+means of implementing actions (e.g. via `ActionInterface` or
+`MakePolymorphicAction()`), especially if you need to use the defined
+action a lot.  While the other approaches require more work, they give
+you more control on the types of the mock function arguments and the
+action parameters, which in general leads to better compiler error
+messages that pay off in the long run.  They also allow overloading
+actions based on parameter types, as opposed to just the number of
+parameters.
+
+## Related Work ##
+
+As you may have realized, the `ACTION*` macros resemble closures (also
+known as lambda expressions or anonymous functions).  Indeed, both of
+them seek to lower the syntactic overhead for defining a function.
+
+C++0x will support lambdas, but they are not part of C++ right now.
+Some non-standard libraries (most notably BLL or Boost Lambda Library)
+try to alleviate this problem.  However, they are not a good choice
+for defining actions as:
+
+  * They are non-standard and not widely installed.  Google Mock only depends on standard libraries and `tr1::tuple`, which is part of the new C++ standard and comes with gcc 4+.  We want to keep it that way.
+  * They are not trivial to learn.
+  * They will become obsolete when C++0x's lambda feature is widely supported.  We don't want to make our users use a dying library.
+  * Since they are based on operators, they are rather ad hoc: you cannot use statements, and you cannot pass the lambda arguments to a function, for example.
+  * They have subtle semantics that easily confuses new users.  For example, in expression `_1++ + foo++`, `foo` will be incremented only once where the expression is evaluated, while `_1` will be incremented every time the unnamed function is invoked.  This is far from intuitive.
+
+`ACTION*` avoid all these problems.
+
+## Future Improvements ##
+
+There may be a need for composing `ACTION*` definitions (i.e. invoking
+another `ACTION` inside the definition of one `ACTION*`).  We are not
+sure we want it yet, as one can get a similar effect by putting
+`ACTION` definitions in function templates and composing the function
+templates.  We'll revisit this based on user feedback.
+
+The reason we don't allow `ACTION*()` inside a function body is that
+the current C++ standard doesn't allow function-local types to be used
+to instantiate templates.  The upcoming C++0x standard will lift this
+restriction.  Once this feature is widely supported by compilers, we
+can revisit the implementation and add support for using `ACTION*()`
+inside a function.
+
+C++0x will also support lambda expressions.  When they become
+available, we may want to support using lambdas as actions.
+
+# Macros for Defining Matchers #
+
+Once the macros for defining actions are implemented, we plan to do
+the same for matchers:
+
+```
+MATCHER(name) { statements; }
+```
+
+where you can refer to the value being matched as `arg`.  For example,
+given:
+
+```
+MATCHER(IsPositive) { return arg > 0; }
+```
+
+you can use `IsPositive()` as a matcher that matches a value iff it is
+greater than 0.
+
+We will also add `MATCHER_P`, `MATCHER_P2`, and etc for parameterized
+matchers.

test/gtest-1.8.0/googlemock/docs/DevGuide.md

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+
+
+If you are interested in understanding the internals of Google Mock,
+building from source, or contributing ideas or modifications to the
+project, then this document is for you.
+
+# Introduction #
+
+First, let's give you some background of the project.
+
+## Licensing ##
+
+All Google Mock source and pre-built packages are provided under the [New BSD License](http://www.opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php).
+
+## The Google Mock Community ##
+
+The Google Mock community exists primarily through the [discussion group](http://groups.google.com/group/googlemock), the
+[issue tracker](https://github.com/google/googletest/issues) and, to a lesser extent, the [source control repository](../). You are definitely encouraged to contribute to the
+discussion and you can also help us to keep the effectiveness of the
+group high by following and promoting the guidelines listed here.
+
+### Please Be Friendly ###
+
+Showing courtesy and respect to others is a vital part of the Google
+culture, and we strongly encourage everyone participating in Google
+Mock development to join us in accepting nothing less. Of course,
+being courteous is not the same as failing to constructively disagree
+with each other, but it does mean that we should be respectful of each
+other when enumerating the 42 technical reasons that a particular
+proposal may not be the best choice. There's never a reason to be
+antagonistic or dismissive toward anyone who is sincerely trying to
+contribute to a discussion.
+
+Sure, C++ testing is serious business and all that, but it's also
+a lot of fun. Let's keep it that way. Let's strive to be one of the
+friendliest communities in all of open source.
+
+### Where to Discuss Google Mock ###
+
+As always, discuss Google Mock in the official [Google C++ Mocking Framework discussion group](http://groups.google.com/group/googlemock).  You don't have to actually submit
+code in order to sign up. Your participation itself is a valuable
+contribution.
+
+# Working with the Code #
+
+If you want to get your hands dirty with the code inside Google Mock,
+this is the section for you.
+
+## Checking Out the Source from Subversion ##
+
+Checking out the Google Mock source is most useful if you plan to
+tweak it yourself.  You check out the source for Google Mock using a
+[Subversion](http://subversion.tigris.org/) client as you would for any
+other project hosted on Google Code.  Please see the instruction on
+the [source code access page](../) for how to do it.
+
+## Compiling from Source ##
+
+Once you check out the code, you can find instructions on how to
+compile it in the [README](../README.md) file.
+
+## Testing ##
+
+A mocking framework is of no good if itself is not thoroughly tested.
+Tests should be written for any new code, and changes should be
+verified to not break existing tests before they are submitted for
+review. To perform the tests, follow the instructions in [README](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/source/browse/trunk/README) and
+verify that there are no failures.
+
+# Contributing Code #
+
+We are excited that Google Mock is now open source, and hope to get
+great patches from the community. Before you fire up your favorite IDE
+and begin hammering away at that new feature, though, please take the
+time to read this section and understand the process. While it seems
+rigorous, we want to keep a high standard of quality in the code
+base.
+
+## Contributor License Agreements ##
+
+You must sign a Contributor License Agreement (CLA) before we can
+accept any code.  The CLA protects you and us.
+
+  * If you are an individual writing original source code and you're sure you own the intellectual property, then you'll need to sign an [individual CLA](http://code.google.com/legal/individual-cla-v1.0.html).
+  * If you work for a company that wants to allow you to contribute your work to Google Mock, then you'll need to sign a [corporate CLA](http://code.google.com/legal/corporate-cla-v1.0.html).
+
+Follow either of the two links above to access the appropriate CLA and
+instructions for how to sign and return it.
+
+## Coding Style ##
+
+To keep the source consistent, readable, diffable and easy to merge,
+we use a fairly rigid coding style, as defined by the [google-styleguide](https://github.com/google/styleguide) project.  All patches will be expected
+to conform to the style outlined [here](https://github.com/google/styleguide/blob/gh-pages/cppguide.xml).
+
+## Submitting Patches ##
+
+Please do submit code. Here's what you need to do:
+
+  1. Normally you should make your change against the SVN trunk instead of a branch or a tag, as the latter two are for release control and should be treated mostly as read-only.
+  1. Decide which code you want to submit. A submission should be a set of changes that addresses one issue in the [Google Mock issue tracker](http://code.google.com/p/googlemock/issues/list). Please don't mix more than one logical change per submittal, because it makes the history hard to follow. If you want to make a change that doesn't have a corresponding issue in the issue tracker, please create one.
+  1. Also, coordinate with team members that are listed on the issue in question. This ensures that work isn't being duplicated and communicating your plan early also generally leads to better patches.
+  1. Ensure that your code adheres to the [Google Mock source code style](#Coding_Style.md).
+  1. Ensure that there are unit tests for your code.
+  1. Sign a Contributor License Agreement.
+  1. Create a patch file using `svn diff`.
+  1. We use [Rietveld](http://codereview.appspot.com/) to do web-based code reviews.  You can read about the tool [here](https://github.com/rietveld-codereview/rietveld/wiki).  When you are ready, upload your patch via Rietveld and notify `googlemock@googlegroups.com` to review it.  There are several ways to upload the patch.  We recommend using the [upload\_gmock.py](../scripts/upload_gmock.py) script, which you can find in the `scripts/` folder in the SVN trunk.
+
+## Google Mock Committers ##
+
+The current members of the Google Mock engineering team are the only
+committers at present. In the great tradition of eating one's own
+dogfood, we will be requiring each new Google Mock engineering team
+member to earn the right to become a committer by following the
+procedures in this document, writing consistently great code, and
+demonstrating repeatedly that he or she truly gets the zen of Google
+Mock.
+
+# Release Process #
+
+We follow the typical release process for Subversion-based projects:
+
+  1. A release branch named `release-X.Y` is created.
+  1. Bugs are fixed and features are added in trunk; those individual patches are merged into the release branch until it's stable.
+  1. An individual point release (the `Z` in `X.Y.Z`) is made by creating a tag from the branch.
+  1. Repeat steps 2 and 3 throughout one release cycle (as determined by features or time).
+  1. Go back to step 1 to create another release branch and so on.
+
+
+---
+
+This page is based on the [Making GWT Better](http://code.google.com/webtoolkit/makinggwtbetter.html) guide from the [Google Web Toolkit](http://code.google.com/webtoolkit/) project.  Except as otherwise [noted](http://code.google.com/policies.html#restrictions), the content of this page is licensed under the [Creative Commons Attribution 2.5 License](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.5/).